WO2014101138A1 - Method, apparatus, device, and system for multicarrier communication - Google Patents

Method, apparatus, device, and system for multicarrier communication Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014101138A1
WO2014101138A1 PCT/CN2012/087910 CN2012087910W WO2014101138A1 WO 2014101138 A1 WO2014101138 A1 WO 2014101138A1 CN 2012087910 W CN2012087910 W CN 2012087910W WO 2014101138 A1 WO2014101138 A1 WO 2014101138A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
carrier
base station
beam direction
station device
station equipment
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2012/087910
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
彭晶波
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201280002336.0A priority Critical patent/CN103262489B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2012/087910 priority patent/WO2014101138A1/en
Publication of WO2014101138A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014101138A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/022Site diversity; Macro-diversity
    • H04B7/024Co-operative use of antennas of several sites, e.g. in co-ordinated multipoint or co-operative multiple-input multiple-output [MIMO] systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0617Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method, apparatus, device and system for multi-carrier communication. Background technique
  • each base station device can use multiple pieces of spectrum resources (carriers).
  • the coverage area of each carrier is equivalent to an independent cell, and each cell serves the user equipment at the same time.
  • different carriers can cooperate with each other to serve user equipment, that is, each user equipment can access multiple carriers.
  • each base station device can use the same antenna direction angle (angle in the horizontal direction) and downtilt angle (vertical direction). The upper angle) transmits beams of different carriers, so that, as shown in FIG. 2, each carrier has the same coverage, that is, the area range of each cell is substantially the same.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, apparatus, device, and system for multi-carrier communication, which can improve user experience in a multi-carrier communication system.
  • a method for multi-carrier communication comprising: determining, by a first base station device in a multi-carrier communication system, a beam of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of at least two carriers for communication a direction, wherein the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, wherein the first downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction, and the second downtilt angle is the An angle of inclination of a beam direction of a second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction; using the first carrier and the second carrier to communicate with at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; wherein the multi-carrier
  • the communication system further includes a second base station device that communicates with the at least one user equipment using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier, the first used by the first base station device The coverage of the carrier overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier
  • the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system determines that a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used for communication includes: in a multi-carrier communication system The first base station device determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
  • the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is used by the second base station device An inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier in a vertical direction, wherein the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
  • the method further includes: sending, to the second base station device, the first base station The third configuration information of the first carrier and/or the beam direction of the second carrier used by the device, so that the second base station device determines, according to the third configuration information, the first carrier used by the second base station device / or the beam direction of the second carrier.
  • the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system Determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers for communication includes: the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system receives, by the control center, the indication used by the first base station device First configuration information of a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier; determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information.
  • the multi-carrier The first base station device in the communication system receives the first configuration information that is sent by the control center and is used to indicate the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, and is included in the multi-carrier communication system.
  • the first base station device sends, to the control center, first user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; and receiving, by the control center, the first information used by the first base station device The first configuration information of the carrier and/or the beam direction of the second carrier, wherein the first configuration information is determined by the control center according to the first user location information.
  • a method for multi-carrier communication comprising: determining, by a control center in a multi-carrier communication system, a first carrier of at least two carriers used by a first base station device and/or a beam direction of the second carrier and a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, the first downtilt angle is the first An inclination angle of a beam direction of a first carrier used by a base station device in a vertical direction, wherein the second downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of a second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction;
  • the first configuration information is sent by the base station device to indicate the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, so that the first base station device determines the first according to the first configuration information.
  • a second direction of the beam direction of the second carrier Determining, by the second base station device, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the second configuration information, where a coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device is Coverage of the first base station apparatus using a second carrier overlaps coverage of the second carrier and / or the second carrier and the coverage of the second base station apparatus used in the first base station apparatus using overlap.
  • the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and a second base station device uses The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier includes: the control center in the multi-carrier communication system receives the location sent by the first base station device to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system First user location information and/or second user location information sent by the second base station device for indicating the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; according to the first user location information and/or The second location information determines a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and the second base station device.
  • the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines a first carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and/or Or the beam direction of the second carrier and the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device: the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines at least two carriers used by the first base station device The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier and the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device such that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein The third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle is a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
  • an apparatus for multi-carrier communication comprising: a determining unit, configured to: determine, by a first base station device in a multi-carrier communication system, a first carrier of at least two carriers for communication and/or Or a beam direction of the second carrier, such that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, wherein the first downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction
  • the second downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction
  • a communication unit configured to use the first carrier and the second carrier in the multi-carrier communication system Communicating at least one user equipment; wherein the multi-carrier communication system further comprises a second base station device, the second base station device using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier, and the at least one user The device communicates, the coverage of
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
  • the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, where the third downtilt angle is used by the second base station device An inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier in a vertical direction, wherein the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
  • the communications unit is further configured to send, to the second base station device, the first The third configuration information of the first carrier and/or the beam direction of the second carrier used by the base station device, so that the second base station device determines, according to the third configuration information, the first carrier used by the second base station device And/or the beam direction of the second carrier.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive, by the control center, a first configuration information indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device; the determining unit is further configured to determine the first carrier and/or according to the first configuration information Or the beam direction of the second carrier.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send, to the control center, first user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; and receiving, by the control center, the first base station device to use The first configuration information of the first carrier and/or the beam direction of the second carrier, where the first configuration information is determined by the control center according to the first user location information.
  • an apparatus for multi-carrier communication comprising: a determining unit, configured to enable a control center in a multi-carrier communication system to determine a first carrier of at least two carriers used by a first base station device Or a beam direction of the second carrier and a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, where the first downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction, where the second downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction; And transmitting, to the first base station device, first configuration information for indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, so that the first base station device is configured according to the first The configuration information determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second
  • the device further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive first user location information that is sent by the first base station device to indicate a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system And/or second user location information sent by the second base station device for indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; and the determining unit is further configured to use the first user location information and/or Or the second location information, determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and the second base station device.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to determine a first carrier and/or a second one of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device a beam direction of the carrier and a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is the first The tilt angle of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction,
  • the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction.
  • a device for multi-carrier communication comprising: a bus; a processor connected to the bus; a memory connected to the bus; a transceiver connected to the bus; an antenna; Calling, by the bus, a program stored in the memory for causing a first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system to determine a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers for communication,
  • the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, wherein the first downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction, and the second downtilt angle is the An inclination angle of a beam direction of a second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction;
  • the transceiver is configured to use the first carrier and the second carrier to perform with the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system by using the antenna
  • the multi-carrier communication system further includes
  • the processor is specifically configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
  • the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, where the third downtilt angle is used by the second base station device An inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier in a vertical direction, wherein the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
  • the processor is further configured to control the transceiver to be used for the second base station device Sending third configuration information indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, so that the second base station device determines the second base station according to the third configuration information.
  • the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the device is further configured to control the transceiver to be used for the second base station device Sending third configuration information indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, so that the second base station device determines the second base station according to the third configuration information.
  • the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the device is further configured to control the transceiver to be used for the second base station device Sending third configuration information indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, so that the second base station device determines the second base station according to the third configuration information.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive, sent by the control center Used to indicate the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device First configuration information of the beam direction; the processor is further configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information.
  • the processor And a method for controlling the transceiver to send, to the control center, first user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; the transceiver is further configured to receive, by the control center, Determining, by the first base station device, first configuration information of a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier, where the first configuration information is determined by the control center according to the first user location information.
  • a device for multi-carrier communication comprising: a bus; a processor connected to the bus; a memory connected to the bus; a transceiver connected to the bus; wherein the processor passes the a bus, calling a program stored in the memory, for causing a control center in the multi-carrier communication system to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and a second a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the base station device, so that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, where the first downtilt angle is the first carrier used by the first base station device An angle of inclination of the beam direction in a vertical direction, the second downtilt angle being a tilt angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction; the transceiver is configured to send to the first base station device Determining, by the first
  • the device further includes: the transceiver is further configured to receive, by the first base station device, a first user location that is used to indicate a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system Information and/or second user location information sent by the second base station device indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; and the processor is further configured to use the first user location information and / or the second location information, determining the first base station device and The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the two base station devices.
  • the processor is specifically configured to determine a first carrier and/or a second one of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device a beam direction of the carrier and a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is the first The tilt angle of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction.
  • a seventh aspect a system for multi-carrier communication, the system comprising: a first base station device that communicates with at least one user equipment using at least two carriers, wherein a first downtilt angle is less than a second downtilt angle, the first The tilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier of the at least two carriers in a vertical direction, and the second downtilt angle is a tilt of a beam direction of the second carrier of the at least two carriers in a vertical direction a second base station device that communicates with the at least one user equipment by using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier; wherein, the coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device The coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device overlaps, and/or the coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
  • the first downtilt angle and/or the second downtilt angle are determined by the first base station device according to the location of the at least one user equipment in the system.
  • the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, where the third downtilt angle is used by the second base station device An inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier in a vertical direction, wherein the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
  • the second carrier device uses the first carrier and/or the second carrier
  • the direction of the beam is determined by the second base station device according to the third configuration information that is sent by the first base station device to indicate the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device.
  • the system further includes: a control center, configured to determine The first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device And a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, configured to send, to the first base station device, the first carrier and the first carrier device Or the first configuration information of the beam direction of the second carrier, so that the first base station device determines, according to the first configuration information, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier; And second configuration information that is sent by the second base station to indicate the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the second base station device determines, according to the second configuration information, The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier.
  • a control center configured to determine The first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device And a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, configured to send, to the first base station device,
  • the method, device, device and system for multi-carrier communication can enable different carriers used by the base station device to have different coverage ranges by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, thereby
  • the edge boundary areas of each base station device are different, so that different carriers provide different coverage for different areas, and users in different areas select carriers that are more suitable for their own according to the difference. Transfer, improve overall performance.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Fig. 2 is a diagram showing the coverage of each carrier after setting the beam directions of two carriers according to the prior art.
  • Figure 3 is a diagram showing the coverage of each carrier in the beam direction of two carriers in the method of multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a method of multicarrier communication according to another embodiment of the present invention, setting a beam of two carriers Schematic diagram of the coverage of each carrier after the direction.
  • Figure 5 is a diagram showing the coverage of each carrier after setting the beam direction of two carriers in the method of multi-carrier communication according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for multi-carrier communication according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for multi-carrier communication according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for multi-carrier communication according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • 11 is a schematic block diagram of a system for multi-carrier communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • a user equipment which may also be called a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), a mobile user equipment, etc., may communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (eg, RAN, Radio Access Network).
  • the user equipment may be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal, for example, a mobile device that can be portable, pocket, handheld, computer built, or in-vehicle,
  • the wireless access network exchanges languages and/or data.
  • the base station device may be a base station device (BTS, Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station device (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station device in LTE (eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B), the present invention is not limited, but for convenience of description, the following embodiment will be described by taking Node B as an example.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB base station device
  • eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B evolutional Node B
  • a schematic flowchart of a method 100, as shown in FIG. 1, the method 100 includes:
  • a first base station device in a multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of at least two carriers used for communication, so that a first downtilt angle is different from a second downtilt angle,
  • the first downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction
  • the second downtilt angle is a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction.
  • S120 Communicate with at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system by using the first carrier and the second carrier.
  • the multi-carrier communication system further includes a second base station device, where the second base station device communicates with the at least one user equipment by using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier, the first base station The coverage of the first carrier used by the device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
  • the coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
  • the base station device can communicate by using at least two carriers.
  • the base station device uses two carriers (carrier 1 and carrier 2) for communication, for example, according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 100 of multi-carrier communication is described.
  • the beam direction of the carrier 1 (an example of the first carrier) and/or the carrier 2 (an example of the second carrier) used by the base station device A (an example of the first base station device) may be set to adjust the carrier.
  • the downtilt angle refers to the tilt angle of the beam direction of the carrier in the vertical direction
  • the downtilt angle may be a mechanical form, or may be a digital form, a digital form.
  • the downtilt angle is defined as the angle between the strongest energy direction on the vertical plane and the vertical line.
  • the downtilt angle of carrier 1 used by base station device A shown in Fig. 3 is the downtilt angle of carrier 2 used by base station equipment.
  • the beam direction of the carrier 2 has been preset.
  • only the beam direction of the carrier 1 can be set; if the beam direction of the carrier 1 is preset, only the beam direction of the carrier 2 can be set; or the beam directions of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 can be set together.
  • the beam direction of the carrier can be set by using the setting method in the AAS.
  • the mechanical angle or the electrical adjustment angle (angle in the vertical direction) of the antenna can be set to set the beam direction of the carrier (the strongest energy direction).
  • the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 may be set autonomously by base station A, or may be controlled by a control center (for example, operation and maintenance center) in a multi-carrier communication system.
  • the beam directions of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 of each base station (including base station A) in the system are determined, and then each base station is notified for configuration (ie, case 2).
  • the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station device A may be set such that the downtilt angle (first downtilt angle) of carrier 1 and the downtilt angle of carrier 2 (second downtilt angle) Differentiating (for example, making the downtilt angle 0 of carrier 1 smaller than the downtilt angle ⁇ of carrier 2, thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ smaller than the coverage of carrier 2 from base station device A.
  • the downtilt angle first downtilt angle
  • second downtilt angle second downtilt angle
  • the beam directions of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle ⁇ 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 is the same as the downtilt angle ⁇ 2 (fourth downtilt angle) of the carrier 2,
  • the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ is made the same as the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ⁇ .
  • FIG. 3 shows the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ⁇ and the carrier from the base station device ⁇ An embodiment in which the coverage of the coverage overlaps.
  • the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B and the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device A can be made in the same manner as in the prior art. Range overlap On carrier 2 in order to achieve continuous coverage of the area between the base station apparatus A and base station apparatus B
  • description of the same or similar circumstances will be omitted.
  • the coverage area of the carrier 2 from the base station device A and the boundary area (or the overlapping area) of the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B are recorded as the area a, the coverage with the carrier 1 from the base station device A will be covered.
  • the area outside the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station apparatus B is denoted as the area b, and in the area a, since the interference from the carrier 1 of the base station apparatus A is small, the signal quality of the carrier 1 from the base station apparatus B is excellent. Letter from carrier 2 of base station device B No. Quality, therefore, the user equipment can select carrier 1 access. In area b, carrier 2 from base station device A can be covered, so the user equipment can select carrier 2 access.
  • the manner of setting the carrier beam enumerated above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device B and the carrier 1 from the base station device A may also be used.
  • the coverage overlaps the implementation to achieve continuous coverage of the area between base station device A and base station device B on carrier 1.
  • the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is a tilt of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
  • the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
  • the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station apparatus A can be set such that the downtilt angle ⁇ ⁇ (first downtilt angle) of carrier 1 and the downtilt angle ⁇ of carrier 2 ⁇ (the second downtilt angle) is different (for example, making the downtilt angle of carrier 1 smaller than the downtilt angle ⁇ of carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ smaller than the coverage of carrier 2 from base station device A .
  • the beam direction of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 of the carrier 2
  • the four downtilt angles are different (for example, the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 of the carrier 1 is greater than the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 of the carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ larger than the carrier 2 from the base station device 2 Coverage.
  • FIG. 4 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ⁇ overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ,, thereby implementing between the base station device A and the base station device B on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area.
  • FIG. 4 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device A, thereby implementing the base station device A and the base station device on the carrier 1. Continuous coverage of the area between B.
  • the coverage area of the carrier 1 from the base station device A and the boundary area (or overlapping area) of the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B are recorded as the area c, the coverage with the carrier 2 from the base station device A will be
  • the boundary area between the range and the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B is referred to as the area d, and the position of the area c and the area d is different.
  • the signal quality of the carrier 2 from the base station device A is better than the signal quality of the carrier 1, and the user equipment can Select carrier 2 access.
  • the signal quality of carrier 1 is better than the signal quality of carrier 2, and the user equipment can select carrier 1 access.
  • the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station device A may be set such that the downtilt angle ⁇ , ⁇ (first downtilt angle) of carrier 1 and the downtilt angle ⁇ of carrier 2, ⁇ (the second downtilt angle) is different (for example, making the downtilt angle a of carrier 1 smaller than the downtilt angle ⁇ ' of carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ smaller than the carrier from base station device A 2 coverage.
  • the beam directions of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle ⁇ of the carrier 2, 2 (fourth downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle ⁇ " 2 of carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle ⁇ " 2 of carrier 2 ), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ smaller than that from the base station device ⁇ The coverage of carrier 2.
  • Figure 5 shows the coverage of carrier 2 from the base station equipment and the base station equipment.
  • region e the coverage with carrier 2 from base station device A and the carrier from base station device B
  • the boundary area of the coverage area 2 is recorded as the area in the area e, because the signal quality of the carrier 2 from the base station device A or the base station device B is superior to the signal quality of the carrier 1, and the user equipment can select Carrier 2 access.
  • the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used for communication, including:
  • the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier based on the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
  • the signal strength of the carrier 1 is better than that of the carrier 2 within the coverage of the carrier 1.
  • the signal strength therefore, the user equipment that is in the coverage of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 will select the carrier 1 access, so that the capacity of the carrier 2 that can be used is improved for the user equipment located outside the coverage of the carrier 1 ( That is, carrier 1 implements offloading on carrier 2, thereby enabling further Steps to improve the user experience.
  • the distribution location of the user equipment in the system may be determined, and the coverage of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 may be determined according to the distribution location of the user equipment in the system, for example, the coverage user of the carrier 1 may be
  • the area where the device is concentrated is such that the coverage of the carrier 2 is larger than the coverage of the carrier 1. Since the signal strength of the carrier 1 is better than the signal strength of the carrier 2, the user equipment concentrated in the coverage area of the carrier 1 selects the carrier 1 In the user equipment located outside the coverage of the carrier 1, the capacity of the carrier 2 that can be used is increased, so that the user experience can be further improved.
  • the method further includes:
  • the information indicating the setting mode (an example of the third configuration information) may be transmitted to the base station device B, thereby, the base station device B
  • the downtilt angle of each carrier set by the base station device A can be known, so that the base station device B can set the beam direction of each carrier according to the information, for example, if the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device A is smaller than the carrier from the base station device A.
  • the base station device B may be that the downtilt angle of the carrier 1 is greater than the downtilt angle of the carrier 2, so that the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B is larger than the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device A.
  • the third configuration information is further used to indicate the first downtilt angle and/or the second downtilt angle.
  • the base station device B can set the beam direction of the carrier 1 according to the beam direction of the carrier 1 set by the base station device A, so that the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B and the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device A
  • the overlap, and/or the base station device B can set the beam direction of the carrier 2 according to the beam direction of the carrier 2 set by the base station device A, so that the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B and the carrier 2 from the base station device A
  • the coverage overlaps to achieve continuous coverage of the area between base station device A and base station device B on carrier 2.
  • the average signal strength of each carrier can be improved, and the overall coverage of the area between the base station device A and the base station device B can be effectively realized.
  • the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system determines The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used for communication includes: the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system receives the one sent by the control center to indicate the use of the first base station device First configuration information of a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier; determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information. Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG.
  • the control center may set the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station device A to make the downtilt angle 0 (first downtilt) of carrier 1 and carrier 2
  • the downtilt angle (second downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle of carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle ⁇ of carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ smaller than the carrier 2 from the base station device A Coverage.
  • the beam directions of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B may be set such that the downtilt angle ⁇ 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle ⁇ 2 of the carrier 2 (fourth lower The dip angles are the same, so that the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ is made the same as the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ⁇ .
  • Fig. 3 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ⁇ overlaps the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ⁇ .
  • the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B can be overlapped with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device A by using the same method as the prior art, thereby implementing on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area between base station device A and base station device B.
  • the description of the same or similar cases will be omitted.
  • the coverage area of the carrier 2 from the base station device A and the boundary area (or the overlapping area) of the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B are recorded as the area a, the coverage with the carrier 1 from the base station device A will be covered.
  • the area outside the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station apparatus B is denoted as the area b, and in the area a, since the interference from the carrier 1 of the base station apparatus A is small, the signal quality of the carrier 1 from the base station apparatus B is excellent.
  • the signal quality of carrier 2 from base station device B therefore, the user equipment can select carrier 1 access.
  • area b carrier 2 from base station device A can be covered, so the user equipment can select carrier 2 access.
  • the manner of setting the carrier beam enumerated above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device B and the carrier 1 from the base station device A may also be used.
  • the coverage overlaps the implementation to achieve continuous coverage of the area between base station device A and base station device B on carrier 1.
  • the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, where the third downtilt angle is a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
  • the tilt angle, the fourth downtilt angle is an oblique angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
  • the control center may set the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by the base station device A to make the downtilt angle ⁇ ⁇ (first downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2
  • the tilt angle ⁇ (the second downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle ⁇ of the carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle ⁇ of the carrier 2), so that the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ is smaller than the carrier 2 from the base station device A. Coverage.
  • the beam direction of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 of the carrier 2
  • the four downtilt angles are different (for example, the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 of the carrier 1 is greater than the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 of the carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ larger than the carrier 2 from the base station device 2 Coverage.
  • FIG. 4 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ⁇ overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ,, thereby implementing between the base station device A and the base station device B on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area.
  • FIG. 4 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device A, thereby implementing the base station device A and the base station device on the carrier 1. Continuous coverage of the area between B.
  • the coverage area of the carrier 1 from the base station device A and the boundary area (or overlapping area) of the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B are recorded as the area c, the coverage with the carrier 2 from the base station device A will be
  • the boundary area between the range and the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B is referred to as the area d, and the position of the area c and the area d is different.
  • the interference energy of the carrier 2 from the base station apparatus B is weak (the radiation center point of the carrier 2 away from the base station B), and the useful signal energy of the carrier 2 from the base station apparatus A is stronger (closer to the base station)
  • the radiation center point of carrier 2 of A so the signal quality of carrier 2 from base station equipment A is better than the signal quality of carrier 1, and the user equipment can select carrier 2 access.
  • the signal quality of carrier 1 is better than the signal quality of carrier 2, and the user equipment can select carrier 1 to access.
  • the control center may set the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station device A to make the downtilt angle ⁇ , ⁇ (first downtilt angle) of carrier 1 and the downtilt angle of carrier 2.
  • ⁇ ' ⁇ (second downtilt angle) is different (for example, making the downtilt angle a of carrier 1 smaller than the downtilt angle ⁇ ' of carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ smaller than that from the base station The coverage of carrier 2 of device A.
  • the beam directions of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle ⁇ of the carrier 2, 2 (fourth downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle ⁇ " 2 of carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle ⁇ " 2 of carrier 2 ), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ smaller than that from the base station device ⁇ The coverage of carrier 2.
  • FIG. 5 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ⁇ overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ,, thereby implementing the connection between the base station device A and the base station device B on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area.
  • region e the coverage with carrier 2 from base station device A and the carrier from base station device B
  • the boundary area of the coverage area 2 is recorded as the area in the area e, because the signal quality of the carrier 2 from the base station device A or the base station device B is superior to the signal quality of the carrier 1, and the user equipment can select Carrier 2 access.
  • the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system receives a beam sent by the control center to indicate the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device.
  • the first configuration information of the direction includes:
  • the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system transmits, to the control center, first user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
  • first configuration information for indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, where the first configuration information is that the control center is according to the first User location information is determined.
  • the signal strength of the carrier 1 is better than that of the carrier 2 within the coverage of the carrier 1.
  • the signal strength therefore, the user equipment that is in the coverage of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 will select the carrier 1 access, so that the capacity of the carrier 2 that can be used is improved for the user equipment located outside the coverage of the carrier 1 ( That is, carrier 1 implements offloading on carrier 2, thereby further improving the user experience.
  • the distribution location of the user equipment in the system may be determined, and the coverage of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 may be determined according to the distribution location of the user equipment in the system, for example, the coverage user of the carrier 1 may be
  • the area where the device is concentrated is such that the coverage of carrier 2 is larger than the coverage of carrier 1, because the signal strength of carrier 1 is better than that of carrier 2.
  • the signal strength is such that the user equipment concentrated in the coverage area of the carrier 1 selects the carrier 1 access, and the capacity of the carrier 2 that can be used for the user equipment located outside the coverage of the carrier 1 is improved, thereby further improving the user experience.
  • the control center may send information (first configuration information) indicating the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 to the base station A, Therefore, the base station A can set the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 according to the information, for example, setting the mechanical angle of the antenna of the carrier 1 and/or the antenna of the carrier 2, the electrical adjustment angle, etc., so that the carrier 1 and/or The beam direction of carrier 2 corresponds to the first configuration information.
  • control center determines the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 used by the base station A and sends information indicating the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 to the base station A.
  • control center The same method may be used to determine the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 used by the base station B, and to send an information indicating the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 to the base station B.
  • the description is omitted.
  • base station A After setting the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 as described above, base station A can communicate with the user equipment through the carrier 1 and carrier 2 at S120.
  • enumeration is made by overlapping carrier 1 from base station A with carrier 1 from base station B, and/or overlapping carrier 2 from base station A with carrier 2 from base station B, thereby implementing base station A and base station B.
  • carrier 1 from base station A may be overlapped with carrier 2 from base station B, and/or carrier from base station A may be made. 2 overlaps carrier 1 from base station B, thereby achieving continuous coverage of the area between base station A and base station B.
  • different carriers used by the station device have different coverage ranges by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, and thus, in the multi-carrier communication system, different The carrier carrier is different in the edge boundary area between the base station devices, so that different carriers provide differentiated coverage for different regions, and users in different regions are more suitable for carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart of a method 200 for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is described from the perspective of a control center. As shown in FIG. 6, the method 200 includes:
  • the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the first carrier used by the second base station device and/or the The beam direction of the second carrier such that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle,
  • the first downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction
  • the second downtilt angle is a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction. slope;
  • S220 Send, to the first base station device, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, so that the first base station device is configured according to the first The configuration information determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier;
  • S230 Send, to the second base station device, second configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the second base station device is configured according to the second configuration.
  • Information determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier;
  • the coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
  • the coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
  • the base station device can communicate by using at least two carriers.
  • the base station device uses two carriers (carrier 1 and carrier 2) for communication, for example, according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 200 of multi-carrier communication is described.
  • the control center may set the beam direction of the carrier 1 (an example of the first carrier) and/or the carrier 2 (an example of the second carrier) used by the base station device A (an example of the first base station device) to The downtilt angle of the carrier 1 (an example of the first downtilt angle) and/or the downtilt angle of the carrier 2 (an example of the second downtilt angle) are adjusted.
  • the downtilt angle refers to the tilt angle of the beam direction of the carrier in the vertical direction
  • the downtilt angle may be a mechanical form or a digital form, a digital form.
  • the downtilt angle is defined as the direction of the strongest energy in the vertical plane.
  • the downtilt angle of carrier 1 used by base station device A shown in Fig. 2 is the downtilt angle of carrier 2 used by base station device A.
  • the beam direction of the carrier 2 is preset
  • only the beam direction of the carrier 1 may be set; the beam direction of the carrier 1 is preset.
  • only the beam direction of the carrier 2 can be set; the beam directions of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 can also be set together.
  • the beam direction of the carrier can be set by using the setting method in the AAS.
  • the mechanical angle or the electrical adjustment angle (angle in the vertical direction) of the antenna can be set to set the beam direction of the carrier (the strongest energy direction).
  • the method for setting the beam direction of the carrier used by each base station is the same.
  • the control center sets the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by the base station device A as an example. , Be explained.
  • the control center may set the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station device A to make the downtilt angle 0 (first downtilt) of carrier 1 and carrier 2
  • the downtilt angle (second downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle of carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle ⁇ of carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ smaller than the carrier 2 from the base station device A Coverage.
  • the beam directions of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B may be set such that the downtilt angle ⁇ 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle ⁇ 2 of the carrier 2 (fourth lower The dip angles are the same, so that the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ is made the same as the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ⁇ .
  • Figure 3 shows the coverage of carrier 2 from the base station equipment and the base station equipment.
  • the coverage of the carrier 2 of the ⁇ overlaps.
  • the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B can be overlapped with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device A by using the same method as the prior art, thereby implementing on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area between base station device A and base station device B.
  • the description of the same or similar cases will be omitted.
  • the coverage area of the carrier 2 from the base station device A and the boundary area (or the overlapping area) of the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B are recorded as the area a, the coverage with the carrier 1 from the base station device A will be covered.
  • the area outside the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station apparatus B is denoted as the area b, and in the area a, since the interference from the carrier 1 of the base station apparatus A is small, the signal quality of the carrier 1 from the base station apparatus B is excellent.
  • the signal quality of carrier 2 from base station device B therefore, the user equipment can select carrier 1 access.
  • area b carrier 2 from base station device A can be covered, so the user equipment can select carrier 2 access.
  • the manner of setting the carrier beam enumerated above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device B and the carrier 1 from the base station device A may also be used.
  • the coverage overlaps the implementation to achieve continuous coverage of the area between base station device A and base station device B on carrier 1.
  • control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the second base station device
  • the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used includes:
  • a control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the first carrier and/or the second used by the second base station device a beam direction of the carrier, such that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction, the first The four downtilt angle is an inclination angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction.
  • the control center may set the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by the base station device A to make the downtilt angle ⁇ ⁇ (first downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2
  • the tilt angle ⁇ (the second downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle of the carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle ⁇ of the carrier 2), so that the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ is smaller than that of the carrier 2 from the base station device A. Coverage.
  • the beam direction of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 of the carrier 2
  • the four downtilt angles are different (for example, the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 of the carrier 1 is greater than the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 of the carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ larger than the carrier 2 from the base station device 2 Coverage.
  • FIG. 4 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ⁇ overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ,, thereby implementing between the base station device A and the base station device B on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area.
  • FIG. 4 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device A, thereby implementing the base station device A and the base station device on the carrier 1. Continuous coverage of the area between B.
  • the coverage area of the carrier 1 from the base station device A and the boundary area (or the overlapping area) of the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B are recorded as the area c
  • the boundary area of the carrier 2 of the standby A and the boundary area of the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station apparatus B are referred to as the area d, and the positions of the area c and the area d are different.
  • the interference energy of the carrier 2 from the base station apparatus B is weak (the radiation center point of the carrier 2 away from the base station B), and the useful signal energy of the carrier 2 from the base station apparatus A is stronger (closer to the base station)
  • the radiation center point of carrier 2 of A so the signal quality of carrier 2 from base station equipment A is better than the signal quality of carrier 1, and the user equipment can select carrier 2 access.
  • the signal quality of carrier 1 is better than the signal quality of carrier 2, and the user equipment can select carrier 1 access.
  • the control center may set the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station device A to make the downtilt angle ⁇ , ⁇ (first downtilt angle) of carrier 1 and the downtilt angle of carrier 2.
  • ⁇ ' ⁇ (second downtilt angle) is different (for example, making the downtilt angle a of carrier 1 smaller than the downtilt angle ⁇ ' of carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ smaller than that from base station device A The coverage of carrier 2 .
  • the beam directions of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle ⁇ , 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle ⁇ of the carrier 2, 2 (fourth downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle ⁇ " 2 of carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle ⁇ " 2 of carrier 2 ), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device ⁇ smaller than that from the base station device ⁇ The coverage of carrier 2.
  • FIG. 5 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ⁇ overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ,, thereby implementing the connection between the base station device A and the base station device B on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area.
  • region e the coverage with carrier 2 from base station device A and the carrier from base station device B
  • area f the boundary area of the coverage area of 2 (or the overlap area)
  • area f the signal quality of carrier 2 from base station device A or base station device B is better than the signal quality of carrier 1, user equipment Carrier 2 access can be selected.
  • control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the second base station device
  • the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used includes:
  • the control center in the multi-carrier communication system receives the first user location information sent by the first base station device to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system and/or the second base station device sends Used to indicate that the at least one user equipment is in the multi-carrier communication system Second user location information of the location in the system;
  • the signal strength of the carrier 1 is better than that of the carrier 2 within the coverage of the carrier 1.
  • the signal strength therefore, the user equipment that is in the coverage of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 will select the carrier 1 access, so that the capacity of the carrier 2 that can be used is improved for the user equipment located outside the coverage of the carrier 1 ( That is, carrier 1 implements offloading on carrier 2, thereby further improving the user experience.
  • the distribution location of the user equipment in the system may be determined, and the coverage of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 may be determined according to the distribution location of the user equipment in the system, for example, the coverage user of the carrier 1 may be
  • the area where the device is concentrated is such that the coverage of the carrier 2 is larger than the coverage of the carrier 1. Since the signal strength of the carrier 1 is better than the signal strength of the carrier 2, the user equipment concentrated in the coverage area of the carrier 1 selects the carrier 1 In the user equipment located outside the coverage of the carrier 1, the capacity of the carrier 2 that can be used is increased, so that the user experience can be further improved.
  • the control center may send information indicating the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 to the base station A at S220 (first configuration) Information), so that the base station A can set the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 according to the information, for example, setting the mechanical angle of the antenna of the carrier 1 and/or the antenna of the carrier 2, the electrical adjustment angle, etc., so that the carrier 1 And/or the beam direction of carrier 2 corresponds to the first configuration information.
  • control center determines the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 used by the base station A and sends information indicating the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 to the base station A, and similarly, at S210.
  • the control center may also use the same method to determine the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 used by the base station B.
  • the control center sends the information indicating the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 to the base station B. In the example, the description is omitted here to avoid redundancy.
  • enumeration is made by overlapping carrier 1 from base station A with carrier 1 from base station B, and/or overlapping carrier 2 from base station A with carrier 2 from base station B, thereby implementing base station A and base station B.
  • carrier 1 from base station A may be overlapped with carrier 2 from base station B, and/or carrier from base station A may be made. 2 overlaps carrier 1 from base station B, thereby achieving continuous coverage of the area between base station A and base station B.
  • different carriers used by the station devices can have different coverage ranges, and thus, in the multi-carrier communication system, Different carriers are different in the edge boundary area between each base station device, so that different carriers provide differentiated coverage for different areas, and users in different areas are more suitable for carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
  • FIGS. 1 through 6 a method of multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 through 6, and a device for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 7 through 8.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 300 for multi-carrier communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the apparatus 300 includes:
  • the determining unit 310 is configured to enable the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used for communication, so that the first downtilt angle and the second The downtilt angle is different, wherein the first downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction, and the second downtilt angle is a second carrier used by the first base station device The angle of inclination of the beam direction in the vertical direction;
  • the communication unit 320 is configured to use the first carrier and the second carrier to communicate with at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
  • the multi-carrier communication system further includes a second base station device, where the second base station device communicates with the at least one user equipment by using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier, the first base station The coverage of the first carrier used by the device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
  • the coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
  • the determining unit 310 is specifically configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
  • the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle It is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
  • the communication unit 320 is further configured to send, to the second base station device, third configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, to The second base station device determines, according to the third configuration information, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device.
  • the communication unit 320 is further configured to receive, by the control center, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device;
  • the determining unit 310 is further configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information.
  • the communication unit 320 is further configured to send, to the control center, first user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
  • first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, where the first configuration information is that the control center is configured according to the first A user location information is determined.
  • the apparatus 300 for multi-carrier communication may correspond to a base station apparatus (specifically, base station A) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 300 of the multi-carrier communication is a module.
  • base station apparatus specifically, base station A
  • each unit in the apparatus 300 of the multi-carrier communication is a module.
  • the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively omitted in order to implement the corresponding processes of the method 100 in FIG.
  • different carriers used by the station device have different coverage ranges by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, and thus, in the multi-carrier communication system, different The carrier carrier is different in the edge boundary area between the base station devices, so that different carriers provide differentiated coverage for different regions, and users in different regions are more suitable for carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 400 for multi-carrier communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 8, the apparatus 400 includes:
  • a determining unit 410 configured to enable a control center in the multi-carrier communication system to determine a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the first used by the second base station device a beam direction of the carrier and/or the second carrier such that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, wherein the first downtilt angle is a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction An angle of inclination, the second downtilt angle being an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction;
  • the sending unit 420 is configured to send, to the first base station device, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, to facilitate the first base station device. Determining, according to the first configuration information, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier; Transmitting, to the second base station device, second configuration information for indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the second base station device is configured according to the second configuration Information determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier;
  • the coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
  • the coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
  • the device further includes:
  • the receiving unit 430 is configured to receive first user location information that is sent by the first base station device to indicate a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system, and/or an indication sent by the second base station device Second user location information of the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
  • the determining unit 410 is further configured to determine, according to the first user location information and/or the second location information, the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and the second base station device Beam direction.
  • the determining unit 410 is specifically configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the first carrier and/or used by the second base station device
  • the beam direction of the second carrier is such that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction
  • the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
  • the apparatus 400 for multi-carrier communication may correspond to a control center in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 400 of the multi-carrier communication and the other operations and/or functions described above respectively In order to implement the corresponding flow of the method 200 in FIG. 6, for the sake of brevity, it is not mentioned here.
  • different carriers used by the station device have different coverage ranges by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, and thus, in the multi-carrier communication system, different The carrier carrier is different in the edge boundary area between the base station devices, so that different carriers provide differentiated coverage for different regions, and users in different regions are more suitable for carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
  • multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 through 6.
  • Method of Multi-Carrier Communication according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 9 to 10.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 500 for multi-carrier communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device 500 includes:
  • processor 520 connected to the bus
  • transceiver 540 connected to the bus
  • the processor 520 calls the program stored in the memory 530 through the bus 510, so that the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system determines the first carrier of the at least two carriers for communication and/or Or a beam direction of the second carrier, such that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, wherein the first downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction
  • the second downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction;
  • the transceiver 540 is configured to communicate with the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system by using the first carrier and the second carrier by the antenna 550;
  • the multi-carrier communication system further includes a second base station device, where the second base station device communicates with the at least one user equipment by using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier, the first base station The coverage of the first carrier used by the device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
  • the coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device intersects with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
  • the processor 520 is specifically configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
  • the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, where the third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle It is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
  • the processor 520 is further configured to control, by the transceiver 540, to send, to the second base station device, a beam for indicating the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device. a third configuration information of the direction, so that the second base station device determines, according to the third configuration information, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device.
  • the transceiver 540 is further configured to receive, by the control center, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device;
  • the processor 520 is further configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information.
  • the processor 520 is further configured to control the transceiver 540 to send, to the control center, first user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
  • the transceiver 540 is further configured to receive, by the control center, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, where the first configuration information is It is determined by the control center according to the first user location information.
  • Processing unit 520 controls the operation of device 500, which may also be referred to as a CPU.
  • Memory 530 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processing unit 520. Portion of the memory 530 may also include non-volatile random access line 0 on the particular application memory (NVRAM), device 500 may be embedded or may itself be a base station apparatus is, for example, may also include transmit circuitry 541 and receive circuitry 542 receives a transceiver 540, to allow data transmission and reception between the device 500 and a remote location. Transmit circuitry 541 and receive circuitry 542 may be coupled to antenna 550.
  • NVRAM application memory
  • a bus 510 which in addition to the data bus includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • bus 510 various buses are labeled as bus 510 in the figure.
  • Apparatus 500 can also include a processing unit for processing signals, and further includes a power controller, a decoding processor.
  • the decoder in a specific different product may be integrated with the processing unit. block diagram.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor, decoder or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as hardware processor execution completion, or performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software modules can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the decoding unit or the processing unit reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the foregoing method in combination with the hardware.
  • the processor may be a Central Processing Unit ("CPU"), which may also be other general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and off-the-shelf programmable gates.
  • a general purpose processor may be a processor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor.
  • a portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information about the type of device.
  • the bus system can include, in addition to the data bus, a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • a power bus for the sake of clarity, the various buses are labeled as bus systems in the figure.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor execution, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software modules can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to perform the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the apparatus 500 for multi-carrier communication may correspond to a base station apparatus (specifically, station A) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 500 of the multi-carrier communication is a module and
  • station A a base station apparatus
  • each unit in the apparatus 500 of the multi-carrier communication is a module and
  • the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes of the method 100 in FIG. 1 , and are not described herein again for brevity.
  • different carriers used by the station device have different coverage ranges by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, and thus, in the multi-carrier communication system, different The carrier carrier is different in the edge boundary area between the base station devices, so that different carriers provide differentiated coverage for different regions, and users in different regions are more suitable for carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 600 for multi-carrier communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device 600 includes:
  • processor 620 connected to the bus
  • a memory 630 connected to the bus; a transceiver 640 connected to the bus;
  • the processor 620 calls the program stored in the memory 630 through the bus 610, so that the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines the first carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and/or Or a beam direction of the second carrier and a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, where the first downtilt angle is An inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction, where the second downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction;
  • the transceiver 640 is configured to send, to the first base station device, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, to facilitate the first base station device. Determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information, and configured to send, to the second base station device, the first carrier and/or the second, used to indicate use by the second base station device Second configuration information of a beam direction of the carrier, so that the second base station device determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the second configuration information;
  • the coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
  • the coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
  • the transceiver 640 is further configured to receive first user location information that is sent by the first base station device to indicate a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system, and/or the second base station device. Transmitting second user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
  • the processor 620 is further configured to determine, according to the first user location information and/or the second location information, a first carrier and/or a second carrier of at least two carriers used by the first base station device and the second base station device. Beam direction.
  • the processor 620 is specifically configured to determine a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the first carrier and/or used by the second base station device
  • the beam direction of the second carrier is such that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction
  • the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
  • Processing unit 620 controls the operation of device 600, which may also be referred to as a CPU.
  • Memory 630 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processing unit 620. Portion of the memory 630 may also include non-volatile random access line 0 on the particular application memory (NVRAM), the device 600 may be embedded or may itself is the base station apparatus may further comprise, for example, receive transmit circuitry 641 and receive circuitry 642 of the transceiver 640 to allow data transmission and reception between the device 600 and the remote location. Transmit circuitry 641 and receive circuitry 642 may be coupled to antenna 600.
  • the various components of device 600 are coupled together by a bus 610, which in addition to the data bus includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for the sake of clarity, various buses are labeled as bus 610 in the figure.
  • Apparatus 600 can also include a processing unit for processing signals, and further includes a power controller, a decoding processor.
  • the decoder in a specific different product may be integrated with the processing unit. block diagram.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor, decoder or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as hardware processor execution completion, or performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software modules can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 630, and the decoding unit or the processing unit reads the information in the memory 630, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with the hardware thereof.
  • the processor may be a Central Processing Unit (“CPU”), which may also be other general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and off-the-shelf programmable gates.
  • Array FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general purpose processor may be a processor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor.
  • a portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information about the type of device.
  • the bus system can include, in addition to the data bus, a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • a power bus for the sake of clarity, the various buses are labeled as bus systems in the figure.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present invention may be Directly embodied as hardware processor execution completion, or with a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software modules can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the foregoing method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the apparatus 600 for multi-carrier communication may correspond to a base station apparatus (specifically, station A) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 600 of the multi-carrier communication is a module and The other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes of the method 200 in FIG. 6. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • different carriers used by the station device have different coverage ranges by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, and thus, in the multi-carrier communication system, different The carrier carrier is different in the edge boundary area between the base station devices, so that different carriers provide differentiated coverage for different regions, and users in different regions are more suitable for carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
  • FIGS. 1 through 10 a method, apparatus, and apparatus for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention are described in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 through 10, and a system for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG.
  • FIG 11 shows a schematic block diagram of a system 700 for multi-carrier communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the system 700 includes:
  • a first base station device 710 that communicates with at least one user equipment using at least two carriers, wherein the first downtilt angle is less than a second downtilt angle, the first downtilt angle being a beam direction of a first one of the at least two carriers An inclination angle in a vertical direction, the second downtilt angle being an inclination angle of a beam direction of a second carrier of the at least two carriers in a vertical direction;
  • the coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
  • the coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
  • the first downtilt angle and/or the second downtilt angle is determined by the first base station device 710 according to the location of the at least one user equipment in the system.
  • the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, where the third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device 720 in a vertical direction, and the fourth The tilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device 720 in the vertical direction.
  • the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device 720 is used by the second base station device 720 to indicate the first base station device according to the first base station device 710.
  • the first carrier and/or the third configuration information of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the 710 is determined.
  • system further includes:
  • control center 730 configured to determine a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device 710, and the first carrier used by the second base station device 720 and/or the The beam direction of the second carrier;
  • first configuration information for indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device 710, so that the first base station device 710 is configured according to the Determining, by the first configuration information, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier, and sending, to the second base station 720, the first carrier and/or the second carrier device 720 The second configuration information of the beam direction of the second carrier, so that the second base station device 720 determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the second configuration information.
  • control center 730 is further configured to: according to the first user location information that is sent by the first base station device to indicate a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system, and/or the second base station device
  • the second user location information that is sent to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system determines the first configuration information and the second configuration information.
  • the first base station 710 may correspond to the base station device (specifically, the base station A) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention
  • the second base station 720 may correspond to the base station device in the method of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station B and the modules in the first base station 710 and the second base station 720, and the other operations and/or functions described above, respectively, are used to implement the corresponding flow of the method 100 in FIG. , will not repeat them here.
  • the control center 730 may correspond to a control center in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the control center 730, that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented in FIG. The corresponding flow of the method 200 will not be repeated here for brevity.
  • a system for multi-carrier communication by setting different signals for different carriers Downward angle, different carriers that can be used by the station device have different coverage areas, and thus, in a multi-carrier communication system, for different carriers, the edge boundary areas of the base station devices are different from each other, thereby making different carriers Differentiated coverage is provided for different areas, and users in different areas are more suitable for their own carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the present invention
  • the technical solution in essence or the part contributing to the prior art or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including a plurality of instructions for making one
  • the computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) performs all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a method, an apparatus, and a system for multicarrier communication, which can improve user experience in a multicarrier communication system. The method comprises: a first base station device in a multicarrier communication system determining a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of at least two carriers that are used for communication, so that a first downtilt angle is different from a second downtilt angle, wherein the first downtilt angle is an angle of inclination in a vertical direction of the beam direction of the first carrier that is used by the first base station device, and the second downtilt angle is an angle of inclination in the vertical direction of the beam direction of the second carrier that is used by the first base station device; and using the first carrier and the second carrier to communicate with at least one user equipment in the multicarrier communication system. Different carriers differ from each other in edge boundary regions between the base station devices, so that the different carriers provide differential coverage for different regions, users in different regions select more suitable carrier transmission according to the differences, and the overall performance is improved.

Description

多载波通信的方法、 装置、 设备和系统 技术领域  Method, device, device and system for multi-carrier communication
本发明涉及通信领域, 并且更具体地, 涉及多载波通信的方法、 装置、 设备和系统。 背景技术  The present invention relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method, apparatus, device and system for multi-carrier communication. Background technique
随着无线通信的发展, 能够使用的频谱资源越来越多, 同一个基站设备 往往能够使用多段频谱资源(载波)进行通信。 每个载波的覆盖区域相当于 一个独立的小区, 各小区同时为用户设备服务。 目前, 不同载波可以相互协 作为用户设备服务, 即, 每个用户设备可以接入多个载波, 例如, 各基站设 备可以使用相同的天线方向角 (水平方向上的角度)和下倾角 (垂直方向上 的角度)发射不同载波的波束, 从而, 如图 2所示, 各载波具有相同的覆盖 范围, 即, 各小区的区域范围基本相同。 这样, 对于处于各载波覆盖范围边 缘交界区域(小区边缘) 的用户设备 (图 2中的用户设备 C ), 任何载波都 不能提供很好的覆盖 (或者说, 任何小区都不能提供较好的服务质量), 严 重影响了位于边缘交界区域(相同载波的覆盖范围交叠的区域)的用户体验。 发明内容  With the development of wireless communication, more and more spectrum resources can be used, and the same base station device can often communicate using multiple pieces of spectrum resources (carriers). The coverage area of each carrier is equivalent to an independent cell, and each cell serves the user equipment at the same time. Currently, different carriers can cooperate with each other to serve user equipment, that is, each user equipment can access multiple carriers. For example, each base station device can use the same antenna direction angle (angle in the horizontal direction) and downtilt angle (vertical direction). The upper angle) transmits beams of different carriers, so that, as shown in FIG. 2, each carrier has the same coverage, that is, the area range of each cell is substantially the same. Thus, for a user equipment (user equipment C in Figure 2) at the border of each carrier coverage edge (cell edge), no carrier can provide good coverage (or no cell can provide better service). Quality), which seriously affects the user experience at the edge junction area (the area where the coverage of the same carrier overlaps). Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种多载波通信的方法、 装置、 设备和系统, 能够提 高多载波通信系统内用户体验。  Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, apparatus, device, and system for multi-carrier communication, which can improve user experience in a multi-carrier communication system.
第一方面, 提供了一种多载波通信的方法, 该方法包括: 多载波通信系 统中的第一基站设备确定用于通信的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二 载波的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相异, 该第一下倾角是该第 一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第二下 倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角 度; 使用该第一载波和该第二载波与该多载波通信系统中的至少一个用户设 备进行通信; 其中, 该多载波通信系统还包括第二基站设备, 该第二基站设 备使用包括该第一载波和该第二载波在内的至少两个载波与该至少一个用 户设备进行通信,该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站 设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠,和 /或该第一基站设备使用的第二载波 的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。 In a first aspect, a method for multi-carrier communication is provided, the method comprising: determining, by a first base station device in a multi-carrier communication system, a beam of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of at least two carriers for communication a direction, wherein the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, wherein the first downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction, and the second downtilt angle is the An angle of inclination of a beam direction of a second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction; using the first carrier and the second carrier to communicate with at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; wherein the multi-carrier The communication system further includes a second base station device that communicates with the at least one user equipment using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier, the first used by the first base station device The coverage of the carrier overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device The coverage overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备确定用 于通信的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向包括:多载波 通信系统中的第一基站设备根据该至少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系统 中的位置, 确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。  In a possible implementation manner, the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system determines that a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used for communication includes: in a multi-carrier communication system The first base station device determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
结合第一方面和第一种可能的实施方式, 在第二种可能的实施方式中, 第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该第三下倾角是该第二基站设备使用 的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第四下倾角是该第二基 站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。  With reference to the first aspect and the first possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner, the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is used by the second base station device An inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier in a vertical direction, wherein the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
结合第一方面、 第一种可能的实施方式和第二种可能的实施方式, 在第 三种可能的实施方式中, 该方法还包括: 向该第二基站设备发送用于指示该 第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第三配置信 息, 以便于该第二基站设备根据该第三配置信息, 确定该第二基站设备使用 的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。  With reference to the first aspect, the first possible implementation manner, and the second possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending, to the second base station device, the first base station The third configuration information of the first carrier and/or the beam direction of the second carrier used by the device, so that the second base station device determines, according to the third configuration information, the first carrier used by the second base station device / or the beam direction of the second carrier.
结合第一方面、 第一种可能的实施方式、 第二种可能的实施方式和第三 种可能的实施方式, 在第四种可能的实施方式中, 该多载波通信系统中的第 一基站设备确定用于通信的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波 束方向包括: 多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备接收控制中心发送的用于指 示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配 置信息;根据该第一配置信息,确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。  With reference to the first aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, and the third possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system Determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers for communication includes: the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system receives, by the control center, the indication used by the first base station device First configuration information of a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier; determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information.
结合第一方面、 第一种可能的实施方式、 第二种可能的实施方式、 第三 种可能的实施方式和第四种可能的实施方式, 在第五种可能的实施方式中, 该多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备接收控制中心发送的用于指示该第一 基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息包 括: 多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备向控制中心发送用于指示该至少一个 用户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息;接收控制中心 发送的用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束 方向的第一配置信息, 其中, 该第一配置信息是该控制中心根据该第一用户 位置信息确定的。  With reference to the first aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, the third possible implementation manner, and the fourth possible implementation manner, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the multi-carrier The first base station device in the communication system receives the first configuration information that is sent by the control center and is used to indicate the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, and is included in the multi-carrier communication system. The first base station device sends, to the control center, first user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; and receiving, by the control center, the first information used by the first base station device The first configuration information of the carrier and/or the beam direction of the second carrier, wherein the first configuration information is determined by the control center according to the first user location information.
第二方面, 提供了一种多载波通信的方法, 该方法包括: 多载波通信系 统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或 第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波 的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相异, 该第一下倾角是该第一基 站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第二下倾角 是该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度; 向 该第一基站设备发送用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第 二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息, 以便于该第一基站设备根据该第一配置 信息确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向;向该第二基站设备发送用 于指示第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第二 配置信息, 以便于该第二基站设备根据该第二配置信息确定该第一载波和 / 或该第二载波的波束方向; 其中, 该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范 围和该第二基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠,和 /或该第一基站设备 使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围 交叠。 In a second aspect, a method for multi-carrier communication is provided, the method comprising: determining, by a control center in a multi-carrier communication system, a first carrier of at least two carriers used by a first base station device and/or a beam direction of the second carrier and a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, the first downtilt angle is the first An inclination angle of a beam direction of a first carrier used by a base station device in a vertical direction, wherein the second downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of a second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction; The first configuration information is sent by the base station device to indicate the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, so that the first base station device determines the first according to the first configuration information. And a second direction of the beam direction of the second carrier, Determining, by the second base station device, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the second configuration information, where a coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device is Coverage of the first base station apparatus using a second carrier overlaps coverage of the second carrier and / or the second carrier and the coverage of the second base station apparatus used in the first base station apparatus using overlap.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一基 站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第 二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向包括:该多载波通 信系统中的控制中心接收该第一基站设备发送的用于指示该至少一个用户 设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息和 /或该第二基站设 备发送的用于指示该至少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第 二用户位置信息;根据该第一用户位置信息和 /或该第二位置信息,确定第一 基站设备和第二基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波 的波束方向。  In a possible implementation manner, the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and a second base station device uses The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier includes: the control center in the multi-carrier communication system receives the location sent by the first base station device to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system First user location information and/or second user location information sent by the second base station device for indicating the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; according to the first user location information and/or The second location information determines a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and the second base station device.
结合第二方面和第一种可能的实施方式, 在第二种可能的实施方式中, 该多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波中 的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的该第一载波 和 /或该第二载波的波束方向包括:多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一基 站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第 二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向,以使第三下倾角 与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该第三下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的第一载波 的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第四下倾角是该第二基站设备使用 的该第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。 第三方面, 提供了一种多载波通信的装置, 该装置包括: 确定单元, 用 于使多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备确定用于通信的至少两个载波中的 第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相异,其 中, 该第一下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向 上的倾斜角度, 该第二下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波束方向 在垂直方向上的倾斜角度; 通信单元, 用于使用该第一载波和该第二载波与 该多载波通信系统中的至少一个用户设备进行通信; 其中, 该多载波通信系 统还包括第二基站设备,该第二基站设备使用包括该第一载波和该第二载波 在内的至少两个载波与该至少一个用户设备进行通信,该第一基站设备使用 的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的 第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。 With reference to the second aspect and the first possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner, the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines a first carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and/or Or the beam direction of the second carrier and the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device: the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines at least two carriers used by the first base station device The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier and the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device such that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein The third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle is a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device. The angle of inclination in the direction. In a third aspect, an apparatus for multi-carrier communication is provided, the apparatus comprising: a determining unit, configured to: determine, by a first base station device in a multi-carrier communication system, a first carrier of at least two carriers for communication and/or Or a beam direction of the second carrier, such that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, wherein the first downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction The second downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction; a communication unit, configured to use the first carrier and the second carrier in the multi-carrier communication system Communicating at least one user equipment; wherein the multi-carrier communication system further comprises a second base station device, the second base station device using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier, and the at least one user The device communicates, the coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/ Coverage of the second carrier of the first base station apparatus using a second carrier and coverage of the second base station apparatus using overlap.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该确定单元具体用于根据该至少一个用户设 备在该多载波通信系统中的位置,确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方 向。  In a possible implementation, the determining unit is specifically configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
结合第三方面和第一种可能的实施方式, 在第二种可能的实施方式中, 第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该第三下倾角是该第二基站设备使用 的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第四下倾角是该第二基 站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。  With reference to the third aspect and the first possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner, the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, where the third downtilt angle is used by the second base station device An inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier in a vertical direction, wherein the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
结合第三方面、 第一种可能的实施方式和第二种可能的实施方式, 在第 三种可能的实施方式中,该通信单元还用于向该第二基站设备发送用于指示 该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第三配置 信息, 以便于该第二基站设备根据该第三配置信息, 确定该第二基站设备使 用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。  With reference to the third aspect, the first possible implementation manner, and the second possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation manner, the communications unit is further configured to send, to the second base station device, the first The third configuration information of the first carrier and/or the beam direction of the second carrier used by the base station device, so that the second base station device determines, according to the third configuration information, the first carrier used by the second base station device And/or the beam direction of the second carrier.
结合第三方面、 第一种可能的实施方式、 第二种可能的实施方式和第三 种可能的实施方式, 在第四种可能的实施方式中, 该通信单元还用于接收控 制中心发送的用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波 的波束方向的第一配置信息; 该确定单元还用于根据该第一配置信息, 确定 该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。  With reference to the third aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, and the third possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the communication unit is further configured to receive, by the control center, a first configuration information indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device; the determining unit is further configured to determine the first carrier and/or according to the first configuration information Or the beam direction of the second carrier.
结合第三方面、 第一种可能的实施方式、 第二种可能的实施方式、 第三 种可能的实施方式和第四种可能的实施方式, 在第五种可能的实施方式中, 该通信单元还用于向该控制中心发送用于指示该至少一个用户设备在该多 载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息;接收该控制中心发送的用于指 示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配 置信息, 其中, 该第一配置信息是该控制中心根据该第一用户位置信息确定 的。 With reference to the third aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, the third possible implementation manner, and the fourth possible implementation manner, in a fifth possible implementation manner, The communication unit is further configured to send, to the control center, first user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; and receiving, by the control center, the first base station device to use The first configuration information of the first carrier and/or the beam direction of the second carrier, where the first configuration information is determined by the control center according to the first user location information.
第四方面, 提供了一种多载波通信的装置, 该装置包括: 确定单元, 用 于使多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波 中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的该第一载 波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相异,该第一 下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜 角度, 该第二下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波束方向在垂直方 向上的倾斜角度; 发送单元, 用于向该第一基站设备发送用于指示该第一基 站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,以便 于该第一基站设备根据该第一配置信息确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的 波束方向; 用于向该第二基站设备发送用于指示第二基站设备使用的该第一 载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第二配置信息,以便于该第二基站设备根 据该第二配置信息确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向;其中,该第 一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的第一载波 的覆盖范围交叠,和 /或该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二 基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。  In a fourth aspect, an apparatus for multi-carrier communication is provided, the apparatus comprising: a determining unit, configured to enable a control center in a multi-carrier communication system to determine a first carrier of at least two carriers used by a first base station device Or a beam direction of the second carrier and a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, where the first downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction, where the second downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction; And transmitting, to the first base station device, first configuration information for indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, so that the first base station device is configured according to the first The configuration information determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier, and is configured to send, to the second base station device, the first The second configuration information of the beam direction and/or the beam direction of the second carrier, so that the second base station device determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the second configuration information; The coverage of the first carrier used by the base station device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or the coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device and the second base station device The coverage of the second carrier used overlaps.
在一种可能的实施方式中, 该装置还包括: 接收单元, 用于接收该第一 基站设备发送的用于指示该至少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位 置的第一用户位置信息和 /或该第二基站设备发送的用于指示该至少一个用 户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第二用户位置信息; 以及该确定单元 还用于根据该第一用户位置信息和 /或该第二位置信息,确定第一基站设备和 第二基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向。  In a possible implementation, the device further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive first user location information that is sent by the first base station device to indicate a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system And/or second user location information sent by the second base station device for indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; and the determining unit is further configured to use the first user location information and/or Or the second location information, determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and the second base station device.
结合第四方面和第一种可能的实施方式, 在第二种可能的实施方式中, 该确定单元具体用于确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波 和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二 载波的波束方向, 以使第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该第三下倾角 是该第二基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该 第四下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上 的倾斜角度。 With reference to the fourth aspect and the first possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation, the determining unit is specifically configured to determine a first carrier and/or a second one of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device a beam direction of the carrier and a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is the first The tilt angle of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction, The fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction.
第五方面, 提供了一种多载波通信的设备, 该设备包括: 总线; 与该总 线相连的处理器; 与该总线相连的存储器; 与该总线相连的收发器; 天线; 其中, 该处理器通过该总线, 调用该存储器中存储的程序, 以用于使多载波 通信系统中的第一基站设备确定用于通信的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 / 或第二载波的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相异, 其中, 该第一 下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜 角度, 该第二下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波束方向在垂直方 向上的倾斜角度; 该收发器用于通过该天线使用该第一载波和该第二载波与 该多载波通信系统中的至少一个用户设备进行通信; 其中, 该多载波通信系 统还包括第二基站设备,该第二基站设备使用包括该第一载波和该第二载波 在内的至少两个载波与该至少一个用户设备进行通信,该第一基站设备使用 的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的 第二载波的覆盖范围交。  In a fifth aspect, a device for multi-carrier communication is provided, the device comprising: a bus; a processor connected to the bus; a memory connected to the bus; a transceiver connected to the bus; an antenna; Calling, by the bus, a program stored in the memory for causing a first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system to determine a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers for communication, The first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, wherein the first downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction, and the second downtilt angle is the An inclination angle of a beam direction of a second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction; the transceiver is configured to use the first carrier and the second carrier to perform with the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system by using the antenna The multi-carrier communication system further includes a second base station device, where the second base station device uses the first carrier and the second At least two carriers, including a carrier, communicate with the at least one user equipment, the coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device intersects with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该处理器具体用于根据该至少一个用户设备 在该多载波通信系统中的位置, 确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方 向。  In a possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
结合第五方面和第一种可能的实施方式, 在第二种可能的实施方式中, 第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该第三下倾角是该第二基站设备使用 的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第四下倾角是该第二基 站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。  With reference to the fifth aspect and the first possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner, the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, where the third downtilt angle is used by the second base station device An inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier in a vertical direction, wherein the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
结合第五方面、 第一种可能的实施方式和第二种可能的实施方式, 在第 三种可能的实施方式中,该处理器还用于控制该收发器还用于向该第二基站 设备发送用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波 束方向的第三配置信息, 以便于该第二基站设备根据该第三配置信息, 确定 该第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。  With reference to the fifth aspect, the first possible implementation manner, and the second possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation manner, the processor is further configured to control the transceiver to be used for the second base station device Sending third configuration information indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, so that the second base station device determines the second base station according to the third configuration information. The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the device.
结合第五方面、 第一种可能的实施方式、 第二种可能的实施方式和第三 种可能的实施方式, 在第四种可能的实施方式中, 该收发器还用于接收控制 中心发送的用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的 波束方向的第一配置信息; 该处理器还用于根据该第一配置信息, 确定该第 一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。 With reference to the fifth aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, and the third possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the transceiver is further configured to receive, sent by the control center Used to indicate the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device First configuration information of the beam direction; the processor is further configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information.
结合第五方面、 第一种可能的实施方式、 第二种可能的实施方式、 第三 种可能的实施方式和第四种可能的实施方式, 在第五种可能的实施方式中, 该处理器还用于控制该收发器向该控制中心发送用于指示该至少一个用户 设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息; 该收发器还用于接 收该控制中心发送的用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第 二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息, 其中, 该第一配置信息是该控制中心根 据该第一用户位置信息确定的。  With reference to the fifth aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, the third possible implementation manner, and the fourth possible implementation manner, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the processor And a method for controlling the transceiver to send, to the control center, first user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; the transceiver is further configured to receive, by the control center, Determining, by the first base station device, first configuration information of a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier, where the first configuration information is determined by the control center according to the first user location information.
第六方面, 提供了一种多载波通信的设备, 该设备包括: 总线; 与该总 线相连的处理器; 与该总线相连的存储器; 与该总线相连的收发器; 其中, 该处理器通过该总线, 调用该存储器中存储的程序, 以用于使多载波通信系 统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或 第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波 的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相异, 该第一下倾角是该第一基 站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第二下倾角 是该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度; 该 收发器用于向该第一基站设备发送用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一 载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,以便于该第一基站设备根 据该第一配置信息确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向;该收发器还 用于向该第二基站设备发送用于指示第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或 该第二载波的波束方向的第二配置信息, 以便于该第二基站设备根据该第二 配置信息确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向;其中,该第一基站设 备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范 围交叠,和 /或该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备 使用的第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。  According to a sixth aspect, a device for multi-carrier communication is provided, the device comprising: a bus; a processor connected to the bus; a memory connected to the bus; a transceiver connected to the bus; wherein the processor passes the a bus, calling a program stored in the memory, for causing a control center in the multi-carrier communication system to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and a second a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the base station device, so that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, where the first downtilt angle is the first carrier used by the first base station device An angle of inclination of the beam direction in a vertical direction, the second downtilt angle being a tilt angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction; the transceiver is configured to send to the first base station device Determining, by the first base station device, first configuration information of a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier, to facilitate the first base station device Determining, according to the first configuration information, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier; the transceiver is further configured to send, to the second base station device, the first carrier that is used by the second base station device to use Or the second configuration information of the beam direction of the second carrier, so that the second base station device determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the second configuration information, where the first base station device The coverage of the first carrier used overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or the coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device and the second used by the second base station device The coverage of the two carriers overlaps.
在一种可能的实施方式中, 该设备还包括: 该收发器还用于接收该第一 基站设备发送的用于指示该至少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位 置的第一用户位置信息和 /或该第二基站设备发送的用于指示该至少一个用 户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第二用户位置信息; 以及该处理器还 用于根据该第一用户位置信息和 /或该第二位置信息,确定第一基站设备和第 二基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向。 结合第六方面和第一种可能的实施方式, 在第二种可能的实施方式中, 该处理器具体用于确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 / 或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载 波的波束方向, 以使第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该第三下倾角是 该第二基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第 四下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的 倾斜角度。 In a possible implementation, the device further includes: the transceiver is further configured to receive, by the first base station device, a first user location that is used to indicate a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system Information and/or second user location information sent by the second base station device indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; and the processor is further configured to use the first user location information and / or the second location information, determining the first base station device and The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the two base station devices. With reference to the sixth aspect and the first possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to determine a first carrier and/or a second one of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device a beam direction of the carrier and a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is the first The tilt angle of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction.
第七方面, 提供了一种多载波通信的系统, 该系统包括: 使用至少两个 载波与至少一个用户设备进行通信的第一基站设备, 其中, 第一下倾角小于 第二下倾角, 该第一下倾角是该至少两个载波中的第一载波的波束方向在垂 直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第二下倾角是该至少两个载波中的第二载波的波束 方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度;使用包括该第一载波和该第二载波在内的至 少两个载波与该至少一个用户设备进行通信的第二基站设备; 其中, 该第一 基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的第一载波的 覆盖范围交叠,和 /或该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二基 站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。  A seventh aspect, a system for multi-carrier communication, the system comprising: a first base station device that communicates with at least one user equipment using at least two carriers, wherein a first downtilt angle is less than a second downtilt angle, the first The tilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier of the at least two carriers in a vertical direction, and the second downtilt angle is a tilt of a beam direction of the second carrier of the at least two carriers in a vertical direction a second base station device that communicates with the at least one user equipment by using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier; wherein, the coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device The coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device overlaps, and/or the coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一下倾角和 /或该第二下倾角是该第一基 站设备根据该至少一个用户设备在该系统中的位置确定的。  In a possible implementation, the first downtilt angle and/or the second downtilt angle are determined by the first base station device according to the location of the at least one user equipment in the system.
结合第七方面和第一种可能的实施方式, 在第二种可能的实施方式中, 第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该第三下倾角是该第二基站设备使用 的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第四下倾角是该第二基 站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。  With reference to the seventh aspect and the first possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner, the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, where the third downtilt angle is used by the second base station device An inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier in a vertical direction, wherein the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
结合第七方面、 第一种可能的实施方式和第二种可能的实施方式, 在第 三种可能的实施方式中,该第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波 的波束方向是该第二基站设备根据该第一基站设备发送的用于指示该第一 基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第三配置信息确 定的。  With reference to the seventh aspect, the first possible implementation manner, and the second possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation manner, the second carrier device uses the first carrier and/or the second carrier The direction of the beam is determined by the second base station device according to the third configuration information that is sent by the first base station device to indicate the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device.
结合第七方面、 第一种可能的实施方式、 第二种可能的实施方式和第三 种可能的实施方式,在第四种可能的实施方式中,该系统还包括:控制中心, 用于确定该第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波 的波束方向以及该第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束 方向; 用于向该第一基站设备发送用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载 波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,以便于该第一基站设备根据 该第一配置信息,确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向;用于向该第 二基站发送的用于指示该第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波 的波束方向的第二配置信息, 以便于该第二基站设备根据该第二配置信息, 确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。 With reference to the seventh aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, and the third possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the system further includes: a control center, configured to determine The first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device And a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, configured to send, to the first base station device, the first carrier and the first carrier device Or the first configuration information of the beam direction of the second carrier, so that the first base station device determines, according to the first configuration information, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier; And second configuration information that is sent by the second base station to indicate the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the second base station device determines, according to the second configuration information, The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier.
结合第七方面、 第一种可能的实施方式、 第二种可能的实施方式、 第三 种可能的实施方式和第四种可能的实施方式, 在第五种可能的实施方式中, 该控制中心还用于根据该第一基站设备发送的用于指示该至少一个用户设 备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息和 /或该第二基站设备 发送的用于指示该至少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第二 用户位置信息, 确定该第一配置信息以及该第二配置信息。  With reference to the seventh aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, the third possible implementation manner, and the fourth possible implementation manner, in the fifth possible implementation manner, the control center And the first user location information that is sent by the first base station device to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system, and/or the second base station device sends the at least one The second user location information of the location of the user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system determines the first configuration information and the second configuration information.
根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的方法、 装置、 设备和系统, 通过为不 同的载波设置相异的下倾角度, 能够使基站设备使用的不同的载波具有不同 的覆盖范围, 从而, 在多载波通信系统内, 对于不同的载波, 在各基站设备 彼此之间的边缘交界区域相异,从而使得不同载波对不同区域提供差异化的 覆盖, 不同区域的用户根据差异性选择更适合自己的载波传输, 提升整体性 能。 附图说明  The method, device, device and system for multi-carrier communication according to the embodiments of the present invention can enable different carriers used by the base station device to have different coverage ranges by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, thereby In the carrier communication system, for different carriers, the edge boundary areas of each base station device are different, so that different carriers provide different coverage for different areas, and users in different areas select carriers that are more suitable for their own according to the difference. Transfer, improve overall performance. DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案, 下面将对实施例或现有技 术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图 仅仅是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员来讲, 在不付出创造 性劳动的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。  In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some of the present invention. For the embodiments, those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings according to the drawings without any creative work.
图 1是根据本发明一实施例的多载波通信的方法的示意性流程图。 图 2是表示根据现有技术设置两个载波的波束方向后各载波的覆盖范围 的示意图。  FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 2 is a diagram showing the coverage of each carrier after setting the beam directions of two carriers according to the prior art.
图 3是表示本发明一实施例的多载波通信的方法设置两个载波的波束方 向后各载波的覆盖范围的示意图。  Figure 3 is a diagram showing the coverage of each carrier in the beam direction of two carriers in the method of multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 4是表示本发明另一实施例的多载波通信的方法设置两个载波的波束 方向后各载波的覆盖范围的示意图。 4 is a diagram showing a method of multicarrier communication according to another embodiment of the present invention, setting a beam of two carriers Schematic diagram of the coverage of each carrier after the direction.
图 5是表示本发明再一实施例的多载波通信的方法设置两个载波的波束 方向后各载波的覆盖范围的示意图。  Figure 5 is a diagram showing the coverage of each carrier after setting the beam direction of two carriers in the method of multi-carrier communication according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
图 6是根据本发明另一实施例的多载波通信的方法的示意性流程图。 图 7是根据本发明一实施例的多载波通信的装置的示意性框图。  FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for multi-carrier communication according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 8是根据本发明另一实施例的多载波通信的装置的示意性框图。  FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for multi-carrier communication according to another embodiment of the present invention.
图 9是根据本发明一实施例的多载波通信的设备的示意性框图。  9 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 10是根据本发明另一实施例的多载波通信的设备的示意性框图。 图 11是根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的系统的示意性框图。 具体实施方式  FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for multi-carrier communication according to another embodiment of the present invention. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a system for multi-carrier communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行 清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是 全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创 造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。  The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the present invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without making creative labor are within the scope of the present invention.
本发明的技术方案, 可以应用于各种通信系统, 例如: 全球移动通讯系 统(GSM , Global System of Mobile communication ), 码分多址(CDMA, Code Division Multiple Access ) 系统, 宽带码分多址( WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless ),通用分组无线业务 ( GPRS , General Packet Radio Service ), 长期演进 ( LTE, Long Term Evolution )等。  The technical solution of the present invention can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access ( WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE), etc.
用户设备 ( UE , User Equipment ) , 也可称之为移动终端 ( Mobile Terminal ),移动用户设备等, 可以经无线接入网(例如, RAN, Radio Access Network ) 与一个或多个核心网进行通信, 用户设备可以是移动终端, 如移 动电话(或称为"蜂窝"电话)和具有移动终端的计算机, 例如, 可以是便携 式、 袖珍式、 手持式、 计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置, 它们与无线接入 网交换语言和 /或数据。  A user equipment (UE, User Equipment), which may also be called a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), a mobile user equipment, etc., may communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (eg, RAN, Radio Access Network). The user equipment may be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal, for example, a mobile device that can be portable, pocket, handheld, computer built, or in-vehicle, The wireless access network exchanges languages and/or data.
基站设备,可以是 GSM或 CDMA中的基站设备( BTS , Base Transceiver Station ), 也可以是 WCDMA中的基站设备(NodeB ), 还可以是 LTE中的 演进型基站设备 ( eNB或 e-NodeB, evolutional Node B ), 本发明并不限定, 但为描述方便, 下述实施例以 Node B为例进行说明。  The base station device may be a base station device (BTS, Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station device (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station device in LTE (eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B), the present invention is not limited, but for convenience of description, the following embodiment will be described by taking Node B as an example.
图 1示出了从基站设备角度描述的根据本发明一实施例的多载波通信的 方法 100的示意性流程图, 如图 1所示, 该方法 100包括: 1 shows a multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention as described from the perspective of a base station device A schematic flowchart of a method 100, as shown in FIG. 1, the method 100 includes:
S110, 多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备确定用于通信的至少两个载波 中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相 异, 该第一下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向 上的倾斜角度, 该第二下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波束方向 在垂直方向上的倾斜角度;  S110. A first base station device in a multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of at least two carriers used for communication, so that a first downtilt angle is different from a second downtilt angle, The first downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction, and the second downtilt angle is a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction. Tilt angle
S120,使用该第一载波和该第二载波与该多载波通信系统中的至少一个 用户设备进行通信;  S120. Communicate with at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system by using the first carrier and the second carrier.
其中, 该多载波通信系统还包括第二基站设备, 该第二基站设备使用包 括该第一载波和该第二载波在内的至少两个载波与该至少一个用户设备进 行通信,该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用 的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或  The multi-carrier communication system further includes a second base station device, where the second base station device communicates with the at least one user equipment by using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier, the first base station The coverage of the first carrier used by the device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的 第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。  The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
在本发明实施例中, 基站设备可以使用至少两个载波进行通信, 以下, 为了便于说明, 以基站设备使用两个载波(载波 1和载波 2 )进行通信为例, 对根据本发明一实施例的多载波通信的方法 100进行说明。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station device can communicate by using at least two carriers. For convenience of description, the base station device uses two carriers (carrier 1 and carrier 2) for communication, for example, according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method 100 of multi-carrier communication is described.
具体地说, 在 S110, 可以设置基站设备 A (第一基站设备的一例)使用 的载波 1 (第一载波的一例)和 /或载波 2 (第二载波的一例) 的波束方向, 以调节载波 1的下倾角(第一下倾角的一例)和 /或载波 2的下倾角(第二下 倾角的一例)。  Specifically, in S110, the beam direction of the carrier 1 (an example of the first carrier) and/or the carrier 2 (an example of the second carrier) used by the base station device A (an example of the first base station device) may be set to adjust the carrier. The downtilt angle of 1 (an example of the first downtilt angle) and/or the downtilt angle of the carrier 2 (an example of the second downtilt angle).
这里, 需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 下倾角是指载波的波束方向 在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 并且, 该下倾角可以是机械形式的, 也可以是数 字形式的,数字形式的下倾角定义为垂直面上的最强能量方向与垂直线的夹 角。 例如, 图 3所示的 为基站设备 A使用的载波 1的下倾角, 为基站 设备 Α使用的载波 2的下倾角。  Here, it should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the downtilt angle refers to the tilt angle of the beam direction of the carrier in the vertical direction, and the downtilt angle may be a mechanical form, or may be a digital form, a digital form. The downtilt angle is defined as the angle between the strongest energy direction on the vertical plane and the vertical line. For example, the downtilt angle of carrier 1 used by base station device A shown in Fig. 3 is the downtilt angle of carrier 2 used by base station equipment.
应理解, 本文中术语"和 /或", 仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系, 表 示可以存在三种关系, 例如, A和 /或 B, 可以表示: 单独存在 A , 同时存在 A和 B, 单独存在 B这三种情况。 另外, 本文中字符" /", 一般表示前后关联 对象是一种"或"的关系。 以下, 省略对相同或相似情况的说明。  It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this context is merely an association describing the associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and / or B, which may indicate: A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously. There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character " /" in this article generally means that the contextual object is an "or" relationship. Hereinafter, the description of the same or similar cases will be omitted.
因此, 在本发明实施例中, 例如, 在载波 2的波束方向已预先设置的情 况下, 可以仅设置载波 1的波束方向; 在载波 1的波束方向已预先设置的情 况下, 可以仅设置载波 2的波束方向; 也可以一并设置载波 1与载波 2的波 束方向。 Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, for example, the beam direction of the carrier 2 has been preset. In this case, only the beam direction of the carrier 1 can be set; if the beam direction of the carrier 1 is preset, only the beam direction of the carrier 2 can be set; or the beam directions of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 can be set together.
这里, 需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 在使用智能天线系统(AAS, Adaptive Antenna System )收发载波的情况下, 可以釆用 AAS中的设置方法 来设置载波的波束方向。 在使用不同的天线来收发不同的载波的情况下, 可 以设置天线的机械角度或电调角度(垂直方向上的角度), 以设置载波的波 束方向 (最强能量方向)。  Here, it should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the carrier is transmitted and received using an intelligent antenna system (AAS), the beam direction of the carrier can be set by using the setting method in the AAS. In the case of using different antennas to transmit and receive different carriers, the mechanical angle or the electrical adjustment angle (angle in the vertical direction) of the antenna can be set to set the beam direction of the carrier (the strongest energy direction).
并且, 在本发明实施例中, 可以由基站 A 自主设置载波 1和 /或载波 2 的波束方向 (即, 情况 1 ), 也可以由多载波通信系统中的控制中心 (例如, 操作维护中心)确定系统内各基站 (包括基站 A )的载波 1和 /或载波 2的波 束方向, 然后通知各基站进行配置(即, 情况 2 )。  Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 (ie, case 1) may be set autonomously by base station A, or may be controlled by a control center (for example, operation and maintenance center) in a multi-carrier communication system. The beam directions of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 of each base station (including base station A) in the system are determined, and then each base station is notified for configuration (ie, case 2).
情况 1  Situation 1
例如, 如图 3所示, 可以设置基站设备 A使用的载波 1和 /或载波 2的 波束方向而使载波 1的下倾角 (第一下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 (第二 下倾角)相异(例如, 使载波 1的下倾角 0^小于载波 2的下倾角 β , 从而, 使来自基站设备 Α的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基站设备 A的载波 2的覆 盖范围。 另外, 如图 3所示, 可以设置基站设备 B使用的载波 1和载波 2的 波束方向而使载波 1的下倾角 α2 (第三下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 β2 (第四 下倾角)相同, 从而, 使来自基站设备 Β的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设 备 Β的载波 2的覆盖范围相同。 例如, 图 3示出了来自基站设备 Β的载波 2 的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 Α的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠的实施方式。 并且, 在本发明实施例中,可以釆用与现有技术相同的方法使来自基站设备 B的载 波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠,从而在载波 2 上实现对基站设备 A与基站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。 以下, 省略对 相同或相似情况的说明。 For example, as shown in FIG. 3, the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station device A may be set such that the downtilt angle (first downtilt angle) of carrier 1 and the downtilt angle of carrier 2 (second downtilt angle) Differentiating (for example, making the downtilt angle 0 of carrier 1 smaller than the downtilt angle β of carrier 2, thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device 小于 smaller than the coverage of carrier 2 from base station device A. As shown in FIG. 3, the beam directions of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle α 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 is the same as the downtilt angle β 2 (fourth downtilt angle) of the carrier 2, Thereby, the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device 与 is made the same as the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device 。. For example, FIG. 3 shows the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device 与 and the carrier from the base station device Α An embodiment in which the coverage of the coverage overlaps. Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B and the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device A can be made in the same manner as in the prior art. Range overlap On carrier 2 in order to achieve continuous coverage of the area between the base station apparatus A and base station apparatus B Hereinafter, description of the same or similar circumstances will be omitted.
如果将来自基站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 2 的覆盖范围的边界区域(或者说, 交叠区域)记作区域 a, 将与来自基站设 备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 1的覆盖范围以外的区 域记作区域 b, 则在区域 a, 由于来自基站设备 A的载波 1的干扰较小, 因 此来自基站设备 B的载波 1的信号质量优于来自基站设备 B的载波 2的信 号质量, 因此, 用户设备可以选择载波 1接入。 在区域 b, 来自基站设备 A 的载波 2能够覆盖, 因此, 用户设备可以选择载波 2接入。 If the coverage area of the carrier 2 from the base station device A and the boundary area (or the overlapping area) of the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B are recorded as the area a, the coverage with the carrier 1 from the base station device A will be covered. The area outside the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station apparatus B is denoted as the area b, and in the area a, since the interference from the carrier 1 of the base station apparatus A is small, the signal quality of the carrier 1 from the base station apparatus B is excellent. Letter from carrier 2 of base station device B No. Quality, therefore, the user equipment can select carrier 1 access. In area b, carrier 2 from base station device A can be covered, so the user equipment can select carrier 2 access.
应理解, 以上列举的载波波束的设置方式仅为示例性说明, 本发明并不 限定于此, 例如, 也可以釆用使来自基站设备 B的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自 基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围交叠的实施方式,从而在载波 1上实现对基 站设备 A与基站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。  It should be understood that the manner of setting the carrier beam enumerated above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device B and the carrier 1 from the base station device A may also be used. The coverage overlaps the implementation to achieve continuous coverage of the area between base station device A and base station device B on carrier 1.
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该 第三下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的 倾斜角度, 该第四下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向在 垂直方向上的倾斜角度。  Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is a tilt of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction. Angle, the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
具体地说, 例如, 如图 4所示, 可以设置基站设备 A使用的载波 1和 / 或载波 2的波束方向而使载波 1的下倾角 αΊ (第一下倾角 ) 与载波 2的下 倾角 βΊ (第二下倾角)相异(例如, 使载波 1的下倾角 小于载波 2的下 倾角 βΊ ),从而, 使来自基站设备 Α的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围。  Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 4, the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station apparatus A can be set such that the downtilt angle α Ί (first downtilt angle) of carrier 1 and the downtilt angle β of carrier 2 Ί (the second downtilt angle) is different (for example, making the downtilt angle of carrier 1 smaller than the downtilt angle βΊ of carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device 小于 smaller than the coverage of carrier 2 from base station device A .
另外,如图 4所示, 可以设置基站设备 B使用的载波 1和载波 2的波束 方向而使载波 1的下倾角 α,2 (第三下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 β,2 (第四下 倾角 )相异(例如, 使载波 1的下倾角 α,2大于载波 2的下倾角 β,2 ), 从而, 使来自基站设备 Β的载波 1的覆盖范围大于来自基站设备 Β的载波 2的覆 盖范围。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 4, the beam direction of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle α, 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle β, 2 of the carrier 2 The four downtilt angles are different (for example, the downtilt angle α, 2 of the carrier 1 is greater than the downtilt angle β, 2 of the carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device 大于 larger than the carrier 2 from the base station device 2 Coverage.
例如,图 4示出了来自基站设备 Β的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 Α的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠的实施方式, 从而在载波 2上实现对基站设备 A 与基站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。 并且, 图 4示出了示出了来自基站设 备 B的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围交叠的实 施方式, 从而在载波 1上实现对基站设备 A与基站设备 B之间的区域的连 续覆盖。  For example, FIG. 4 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device 交 overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ,, thereby implementing between the base station device A and the base station device B on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area. Moreover, FIG. 4 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device A, thereby implementing the base station device A and the base station device on the carrier 1. Continuous coverage of the area between B.
如果将来自基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 1 的覆盖范围的边界区域(或者说, 交叠区域)记作区域 c, 将与来自基站设 备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 2的覆盖范围的边界区 域记作区域 d, 则区域 c与区域 d的位置相异。 从而, 在区域 c, 由于来自 基站设备 B的载波 2的干扰能量较弱(远离基站 B的载波 2的辐射中心点), 且来自基站设备 A的载波 2的有用信号能量较强 (更靠近基站 A的载波 2 的辐射中心点), 因此来自基站设备 A的载波 2的信号质量优于载波 1的信 号质量, 用户设备可以选择载波 2接入。 同理, 在区域 d, 载波 1的信号质 量优于载波 2的信号质量, 用户设备可以选择载波 1接入。 If the coverage area of the carrier 1 from the base station device A and the boundary area (or overlapping area) of the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B are recorded as the area c, the coverage with the carrier 2 from the base station device A will be The boundary area between the range and the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B is referred to as the area d, and the position of the area c and the area d is different. Thus, in the region c, since the interference energy of the carrier 2 from the base station device B is weak (distance from the radiation center point of the carrier 2 of the base station B), And the useful signal energy of the carrier 2 from the base station device A is stronger (closer to the radiation center point of the carrier 2 of the base station A), so the signal quality of the carrier 2 from the base station device A is better than the signal quality of the carrier 1, and the user equipment can Select carrier 2 access. Similarly, in region d, the signal quality of carrier 1 is better than the signal quality of carrier 2, and the user equipment can select carrier 1 access.
再例如, 如图 5所示, 可以设置基站设备 A使用的载波 1和 /或载波 2 的波束方向而使载波 1的下倾角 α,Ί (第一下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 β,Ί (第二下倾角)相异(例如,使载波 1的下倾角 a 小于载波 2的下倾角 β'Ί ), 从而,使来自基站设备 Α的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基站设备 A的载波 2 的覆盖范围。  For another example, as shown in FIG. 5, the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station device A may be set such that the downtilt angle α, Ί (first downtilt angle) of carrier 1 and the downtilt angle β of carrier 2, Ί (the second downtilt angle) is different (for example, making the downtilt angle a of carrier 1 smaller than the downtilt angle β' of carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device 小于 smaller than the carrier from base station device A 2 coverage.
另外,如图 5所示, 可以设置基站设备 B使用的载波 1和载波 2的波束 方向而使载波 1的下倾角 α,,2 (第三下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 β,,2 (第四 下倾角 )相异(例如, 使载波 1的下倾角 α"2小于载波 2的下倾角 β"2 ), 从 而, 使来自基站设备 Β的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基站设备 Β的载波 2 的覆盖范围。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 5, the beam directions of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle α, 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle β of the carrier 2, 2 (fourth downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle α" 2 of carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle β" 2 of carrier 2 ), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device 小于 smaller than that from the base station device Β The coverage of carrier 2.
例如,图 5示出了来自基站设备 Β的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 For example, Figure 5 shows the coverage of carrier 2 from the base station equipment and the base station equipment.
Α的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠的实施方式, 从而在载波 2上实现对基站设备 A 与基站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。 An embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 of the frame overlaps, thereby achieving continuous coverage of the area between the base station device A and the base station device B on the carrier 2.
如果将来自基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 1 的覆盖范围以外的区域记作区域 e , 将与来自基站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范 围与来自基站设备 B的载波 2的覆盖范围的边界区域(或者说, 交叠区域) 记作区域 则在区域 e, 因为来自基站设备 A或基站设备 B的载波 2的信 号质量优于载波 1的信号质量, 用户设备可以选择载波 2接入。  If the coverage of carrier 1 from base station device A and the area outside the coverage of carrier 1 from base station device B are denoted as region e, the coverage with carrier 2 from base station device A and the carrier from base station device B The boundary area of the coverage area 2 (or the overlap area) is recorded as the area in the area e, because the signal quality of the carrier 2 from the base station device A or the base station device B is superior to the signal quality of the carrier 1, and the user equipment can select Carrier 2 access.
可选地, 该多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备确定用于通信的至少两个 载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向包括:  Optionally, the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used for communication, including:
多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备根据该至少一个用户设备在该多载 波通信系统中的位置, 确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。  The first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier based on the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
具体地说, 例如, 在釆用如图 5所示情况下, 由于载波 1的下倾角小于 载波 2的下倾角, 因此, 在载波 1的覆盖范围内, 载波 1的信号强度优于载 波 2的信号强度,因此,同时处于载波 1和载波 2的覆盖范围内的用户设备, 会选择载波 1接入, 从而, 对于位于载波 1的覆盖范围外的用户设备, 能够 使用的载波 2的容量提高 (即, 载波 1对载波 2实现分流), 从而能够进一 步提高用户体验。 因此, 在本发明实施例中, 可以确定系统内用户设备的分 布位置, 并且, 可以根据系统内用户设备的分布位置, 确定载波 1和载波 2 的覆盖范围, 例如, 可以使载波 1的覆盖用户设备较为集中的区域, 使载波 2的覆盖范围大于载波 1的覆盖范围, 由于载波 1的信号强度优于载波 2的 信号强度, 因此集中在载波 1的覆盖区域内的用户设备会选择载波 1接入, 对于位于载波 1的覆盖范围外的用户设备, 能够使用的载波 2的容量提高, 从而能够进一步提高用户体验。 Specifically, for example, in the case shown in FIG. 5, since the downtilt angle of the carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle of the carrier 2, the signal strength of the carrier 1 is better than that of the carrier 2 within the coverage of the carrier 1. The signal strength, therefore, the user equipment that is in the coverage of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 will select the carrier 1 access, so that the capacity of the carrier 2 that can be used is improved for the user equipment located outside the coverage of the carrier 1 ( That is, carrier 1 implements offloading on carrier 2, thereby enabling further Steps to improve the user experience. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the distribution location of the user equipment in the system may be determined, and the coverage of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 may be determined according to the distribution location of the user equipment in the system, for example, the coverage user of the carrier 1 may be The area where the device is concentrated is such that the coverage of the carrier 2 is larger than the coverage of the carrier 1. Since the signal strength of the carrier 1 is better than the signal strength of the carrier 2, the user equipment concentrated in the coverage area of the carrier 1 selects the carrier 1 In the user equipment located outside the coverage of the carrier 1, the capacity of the carrier 2 that can be used is increased, so that the user experience can be further improved.
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 该方法还包括:  Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the method further includes:
向该第二基站设备发送用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 / 或该第二载波的波束方向的第三配置信息, 以便于该第二基站设备根据该第 三配置信息,确定该第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束 方向。  Transmitting, to the second base station device, third configuration information indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, so that the second base station device is configured according to the third configuration information. Determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device.
具体地说,在基站设备 A完成对载波 1和载波 2的波束方向设置后,可 以将用于指示其设置方式的信息(第三配置信息的一例)发送给基站设备 B , 从而, 基站设备 B可以获知基站设备 A所设置的各载波的下倾角, 从而, 基站设备 B可以根据该信息设置各载波的波束方向, 例如, 如果来自基站设 备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围, 则基 站设备 B可以是载波 1的下倾角大于载波 2的下倾角,以使来自基站设备 B 的载波 1的覆盖范围大于来自基站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围。  Specifically, after the base station apparatus A completes the beam direction setting for the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, the information indicating the setting mode (an example of the third configuration information) may be transmitted to the base station device B, thereby, the base station device B The downtilt angle of each carrier set by the base station device A can be known, so that the base station device B can set the beam direction of each carrier according to the information, for example, if the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device A is smaller than the carrier from the base station device A. For the coverage of 2, the base station device B may be that the downtilt angle of the carrier 1 is greater than the downtilt angle of the carrier 2, so that the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B is larger than the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device A.
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 该第三配置信息还用于指示所述第一下倾 角和 /或所述第二下倾角。  Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the third configuration information is further used to indicate the first downtilt angle and/or the second downtilt angle.
具体地说, 基站设备 B可以根据基站设备 A设置的载波 1的波束方向 来设置载波 1的波束方向,以使来自基站设备 B的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自 基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或基站设备 B可以根据基站设备 A设置的载波 2的波束方向来设置载波 2的波束方向, 以使来自基站设备 B 的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠,从而在载 波 2上实现对基站设备 A与基站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。  Specifically, the base station device B can set the beam direction of the carrier 1 according to the beam direction of the carrier 1 set by the base station device A, so that the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B and the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device A The overlap, and/or the base station device B can set the beam direction of the carrier 2 according to the beam direction of the carrier 2 set by the base station device A, so that the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B and the carrier 2 from the base station device A The coverage overlaps to achieve continuous coverage of the area between base station device A and base station device B on carrier 2.
从而, 既能够提高各载波的平均信号强度, 又能够有效实现对基站设备 A和基站设备 B之间的区域的全面覆盖。  Therefore, the average signal strength of each carrier can be improved, and the overall coverage of the area between the base station device A and the base station device B can be effectively realized.
情况 2  Situation 2
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 该多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备确定 用于通信的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向包括: 多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备接收控制中心发送的用于指示该第 一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息; 根据该第一配置信息, 确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。 具体地说, 例如, 如图 3所示, 控制中心可以设置基站设备 A使用的载 波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向而使载波 1的下倾角 0^ (第一下倾角)与载波 2 的下倾角 (第二下倾角)相异(例如, 使载波 1 的下倾角 ^小于载波 2 的下倾角 β ), 从而, 使来自基站设备 Α的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基站 设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围。 Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system determines The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used for communication includes: the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system receives the one sent by the control center to indicate the use of the first base station device First configuration information of a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier; determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information. Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 3, the control center may set the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station device A to make the downtilt angle 0 (first downtilt) of carrier 1 and carrier 2 The downtilt angle (second downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle of carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle β of carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device 小于 smaller than the carrier 2 from the base station device A Coverage.
另外,如图 3所示, 可以设置基站设备 B使用的载波 1和载波 2的波束 方向而使载波 1的下倾角 α2 (第三下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 β2 (第四下倾 角)相同, 从而, 使来自基站设备 Β的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 Β 的载波 2的覆盖范围相同。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 3, the beam directions of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B may be set such that the downtilt angle α 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle β 2 of the carrier 2 (fourth lower The dip angles are the same, so that the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device 相同 is made the same as the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device 。.
例如,图 3示出了来自基站设备 Β的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 Α的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠的实施方式。 并且, 在本发明实施例中, 可以釆 用与现有技术相同的方法使来自基站设备 B的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站 设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠, 从而在载波 2上实现对基站设备 A与基 站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。 以下, 省略对相同或相似情况的说明。  For example, Fig. 3 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device 交 overlaps the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device 。. Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B can be overlapped with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device A by using the same method as the prior art, thereby implementing on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area between base station device A and base station device B. Hereinafter, the description of the same or similar cases will be omitted.
如果将来自基站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 2 的覆盖范围的边界区域(或者说, 交叠区域)记作区域 a, 将与来自基站设 备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 1的覆盖范围以外的区 域记作区域 b, 则在区域 a, 由于来自基站设备 A的载波 1的干扰较小, 因 此来自基站设备 B的载波 1的信号质量优于来自基站设备 B的载波 2的信 号质量, 因此, 用户设备可以选择载波 1接入。 在区域 b, 来自基站设备 A 的载波 2能够覆盖, 因此, 用户设备可以选择载波 2接入。  If the coverage area of the carrier 2 from the base station device A and the boundary area (or the overlapping area) of the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B are recorded as the area a, the coverage with the carrier 1 from the base station device A will be covered. The area outside the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station apparatus B is denoted as the area b, and in the area a, since the interference from the carrier 1 of the base station apparatus A is small, the signal quality of the carrier 1 from the base station apparatus B is excellent. The signal quality of carrier 2 from base station device B, therefore, the user equipment can select carrier 1 access. In area b, carrier 2 from base station device A can be covered, so the user equipment can select carrier 2 access.
应理解, 以上列举的载波波束的设置方式仅为示例性说明, 本发明并不 限定于此, 例如, 也可以釆用使来自基站设备 B的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自 基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围交叠的实施方式,从而在载波 1上实现对基 站设备 A与基站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。  It should be understood that the manner of setting the carrier beam enumerated above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device B and the carrier 1 from the base station device A may also be used. The coverage overlaps the implementation to achieve continuous coverage of the area between base station device A and base station device B on carrier 1.
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该 第三下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的 倾斜角度, 该第四下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向在 垂直方向上的倾斜角度。 Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, where the third downtilt angle is a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction. The tilt angle, the fourth downtilt angle is an oblique angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
具体地说, 例如, 如图 4所示, 控制中心可以设置基站设备 A使用的载 波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向而使载波 1的下倾角 αΊ (第一下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 βΊ (第二下倾角)相异(例如, 使载波 1的下倾角 αΊ小于载波 2的下倾角 βΊ ), 从而, 使来自基站设备 Α的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基 站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围。  Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 4, the control center may set the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by the base station device A to make the downtilt angle α Ί (first downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 The tilt angle βΊ (the second downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle αΊ of the carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle βΊ of the carrier 2), so that the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device 小于 is smaller than the carrier 2 from the base station device A. Coverage.
另外,如图 4所示, 可以设置基站设备 B使用的载波 1和载波 2的波束 方向而使载波 1的下倾角 α,2 (第三下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 β,2 (第四下 倾角 )相异(例如, 使载波 1的下倾角 α,2大于载波 2的下倾角 β,2 ), 从而, 使来自基站设备 Β的载波 1的覆盖范围大于来自基站设备 Β的载波 2的覆 盖范围。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 4, the beam direction of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle α, 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle β, 2 of the carrier 2 The four downtilt angles are different (for example, the downtilt angle α, 2 of the carrier 1 is greater than the downtilt angle β, 2 of the carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device 大于 larger than the carrier 2 from the base station device 2 Coverage.
例如,图 4示出了来自基站设备 Β的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 Α的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠的实施方式, 从而在载波 2上实现对基站设备 A 与基站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。 并且, 图 4示出了示出了来自基站设 备 B的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围交叠的实 施方式, 从而在载波 1上实现对基站设备 A与基站设备 B之间的区域的连 续覆盖。  For example, FIG. 4 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device 交 overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ,, thereby implementing between the base station device A and the base station device B on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area. Moreover, FIG. 4 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device A, thereby implementing the base station device A and the base station device on the carrier 1. Continuous coverage of the area between B.
如果将来自基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 1 的覆盖范围的边界区域(或者说, 交叠区域)记作区域 c, 将与来自基站设 备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 2的覆盖范围的边界区 域记作区域 d, 则区域 c与区域 d的位置相异。 从而, 在区域 c, 由于来自 基站设备 B的载波 2的干扰能量较弱(远离基站 B的载波 2的辐射中心点), 且来自基站设备 A的载波 2的有用信号能量较强 (更靠近基站 A的载波 2 的辐射中心点), 因此来自基站设备 A的载波 2的信号质量优于载波 1的信 号质量, 用户设备可以选择载波 2接入。 同理, 在区域 d, 载波 1的信号质 量优于载波 2的信号质量, 用户设备可以选择载波 1接入。  If the coverage area of the carrier 1 from the base station device A and the boundary area (or overlapping area) of the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B are recorded as the area c, the coverage with the carrier 2 from the base station device A will be The boundary area between the range and the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B is referred to as the area d, and the position of the area c and the area d is different. Therefore, in the area c, the interference energy of the carrier 2 from the base station apparatus B is weak (the radiation center point of the carrier 2 away from the base station B), and the useful signal energy of the carrier 2 from the base station apparatus A is stronger (closer to the base station) The radiation center point of carrier 2 of A, so the signal quality of carrier 2 from base station equipment A is better than the signal quality of carrier 1, and the user equipment can select carrier 2 access. Similarly, in area d, the signal quality of carrier 1 is better than the signal quality of carrier 2, and the user equipment can select carrier 1 to access.
再例如, 如图 5所示, 控制中心可以设置基站设备 A使用的载波 1和 / 或载波 2的波束方向而使载波 1的下倾角 α,Ί (第一下倾角 )与载波 2的下 倾角 β'Ί (第二下倾角)相异(例如, 使载波 1的下倾角 a 小于载波 2的 下倾角 β'Ί ), 从而, 使来自基站设备 Α的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基站 设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围。 For another example, as shown in FIG. 5, the control center may set the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station device A to make the downtilt angle α, Ί (first downtilt angle) of carrier 1 and the downtilt angle of carrier 2. β'Ί (second downtilt angle) is different (for example, making the downtilt angle a of carrier 1 smaller than the downtilt angle β' of carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device 小于 smaller than that from the base station The coverage of carrier 2 of device A.
另外,如图 5所示, 可以设置基站设备 B使用的载波 1和载波 2的波束 方向而使载波 1的下倾角 α,,2 (第三下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 β,,2 (第四 下倾角 )相异(例如, 使载波 1的下倾角 α"2小于载波 2的下倾角 β"2 ), 从 而, 使来自基站设备 Β的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基站设备 Β的载波 2 的覆盖范围。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 5, the beam directions of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle α, 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle β of the carrier 2, 2 (fourth downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle α" 2 of carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle β" 2 of carrier 2 ), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device 小于 smaller than that from the base station device Β The coverage of carrier 2.
例如,图 5示出了来自基站设备 Β的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 Α的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠的实施方式, 从而在载波 2上实现对基站设备 A 与基站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。  For example, FIG. 5 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device 交 overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ,, thereby implementing the connection between the base station device A and the base station device B on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area.
如果将来自基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 1 的覆盖范围以外的区域记作区域 e , 将与来自基站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范 围与来自基站设备 B的载波 2的覆盖范围的边界区域(或者说, 交叠区域) 记作区域 则在区域 e, 因为来自基站设备 A或基站设备 B的载波 2的信 号质量优于载波 1的信号质量, 用户设备可以选择载波 2接入。  If the coverage of carrier 1 from base station device A and the area outside the coverage of carrier 1 from base station device B are denoted as region e, the coverage with carrier 2 from base station device A and the carrier from base station device B The boundary area of the coverage area 2 (or the overlap area) is recorded as the area in the area e, because the signal quality of the carrier 2 from the base station device A or the base station device B is superior to the signal quality of the carrier 1, and the user equipment can select Carrier 2 access.
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 该多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备接收 控制中心发送的用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载 波的波束方向的第一配置信息包括:  Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system receives a beam sent by the control center to indicate the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device. The first configuration information of the direction includes:
多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备向控制中心发送用于指示该至少一 个用户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息;  The first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system transmits, to the control center, first user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
接收控制中心发送的用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或 该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息, 其中, 该第一配置信息是该控制中 心根据该第一用户位置信息确定的。  Receiving, by the control center, first configuration information for indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, where the first configuration information is that the control center is according to the first User location information is determined.
具体地说, 例如, 在釆用如图 5所示情况下, 由于载波 1的下倾角小于 载波 2的下倾角, 因此, 在载波 1的覆盖范围内, 载波 1的信号强度优于载 波 2的信号强度,因此,同时处于载波 1和载波 2的覆盖范围内的用户设备, 会选择载波 1接入, 从而, 对于位于载波 1的覆盖范围外的用户设备, 能够 使用的载波 2的容量提高 (即, 载波 1对载波 2实现分流), 从而能够进一 步提高用户体验。 因此, 在本发明实施例中, 可以确定系统内用户设备的分 布位置, 并且, 可以根据系统内用户设备的分布位置, 确定载波 1和载波 2 的覆盖范围, 例如, 可以使载波 1的覆盖用户设备较为集中的区域, 使载波 2的覆盖范围大于载波 1的覆盖范围, 由于载波 1的信号强度优于载波 2的 信号强度, 因此集中在载波 1的覆盖区域内的用户设备会选择载波 1接入, 对于位于载波 1的覆盖范围外的用户设备, 能够使用的载波 2的容量提高, 从而能够进一步提高用户体验。 Specifically, for example, in the case shown in FIG. 5, since the downtilt angle of the carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle of the carrier 2, the signal strength of the carrier 1 is better than that of the carrier 2 within the coverage of the carrier 1. The signal strength, therefore, the user equipment that is in the coverage of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 will select the carrier 1 access, so that the capacity of the carrier 2 that can be used is improved for the user equipment located outside the coverage of the carrier 1 ( That is, carrier 1 implements offloading on carrier 2, thereby further improving the user experience. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the distribution location of the user equipment in the system may be determined, and the coverage of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 may be determined according to the distribution location of the user equipment in the system, for example, the coverage user of the carrier 1 may be The area where the device is concentrated is such that the coverage of carrier 2 is larger than the coverage of carrier 1, because the signal strength of carrier 1 is better than that of carrier 2. The signal strength is such that the user equipment concentrated in the coverage area of the carrier 1 selects the carrier 1 access, and the capacity of the carrier 2 that can be used for the user equipment located outside the coverage of the carrier 1 is improved, thereby further improving the user experience.
如上所述, 控制中心可以在确定基站 A使用的载波 1和 /或载波 2的波 束方向后, 向基站 A下发指示载波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向的信息 (第一 配置信息), 从而基站 A可以根据该信息, 设置载波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方 向, 例如, 设置载波 1的天下和 /或载波 2的天线的机械角度、 电调角度等, 以使载波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向与第一配置信息相对应。  As described above, after determining the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 used by the base station A, the control center may send information (first configuration information) indicating the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 to the base station A, Therefore, the base station A can set the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 according to the information, for example, setting the mechanical angle of the antenna of the carrier 1 and/or the antenna of the carrier 2, the electrical adjustment angle, etc., so that the carrier 1 and/or The beam direction of carrier 2 corresponds to the first configuration information.
应理解, 以上列举了控制中心确定基站 A使用的载波 1和 /或载波 2的 波束方向并向基站 A下发指示载波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向的信息的实施 例, 同样, 控制中心也可以使用同样的方法确定基站 B使用的载波 1和 /或 载波 2的波束方向并向基站 B下发指示载波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向的信 息的实施例, 这里, 为了避免赘述, 省略其说明。  It should be understood that the above describes an embodiment in which the control center determines the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 used by the base station A and sends information indicating the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 to the base station A. Similarly, the control center The same method may be used to determine the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 used by the base station B, and to send an information indicating the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 to the base station B. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, The description is omitted.
基站 A在如上所述设置了载波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向后,在 S120可 以通过该载波 1和载波 2与用户设备进行通信。  After setting the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 as described above, base station A can communicate with the user equipment through the carrier 1 and carrier 2 at S120.
以上, 列举了通过使来自基站 A的载波 1与来自基站 B的载波 1交叠, 和 /或使来自基站 A的载波 2与来自基站 B的载波 2交叠, 从而实现对基站 A与基站 B之间的区域进行连续覆盖的实施例, 但本发明并未限定于此, 例 如, 还可以使来自基站 A的载波 1与来自基站 B的载波 2交叠, 和 /或使来 自基站 A的载波 2与来自基站 B的载波 1交叠, 从而实现对基站 A与基站 B之间的区域进行连续覆盖。  In the above, enumeration is made by overlapping carrier 1 from base station A with carrier 1 from base station B, and/or overlapping carrier 2 from base station A with carrier 2 from base station B, thereby implementing base station A and base station B. Embodiments in which the area between the areas is continuously covered, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, carrier 1 from base station A may be overlapped with carrier 2 from base station B, and/or carrier from base station A may be made. 2 overlaps carrier 1 from base station B, thereby achieving continuous coverage of the area between base station A and base station B.
根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的方法,通过为不同的载波设置相异的 下倾角度, 能够 站设备使用的不同的载波具有不同的覆盖范围, 从而, 在多载波通信系统内, 对于不同的载波, 在各基站设备彼此之间的边缘交界 区域相异, 从而使得不同载波对不同区域提供差异化的覆盖, 不同区域的用 户根据差异性选择更适合自己的载波传输, 提升整体性能。  According to the method of multi-carrier communication according to the embodiment of the present invention, different carriers used by the station device have different coverage ranges by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, and thus, in the multi-carrier communication system, different The carrier carrier is different in the edge boundary area between the base station devices, so that different carriers provide differentiated coverage for different regions, and users in different regions are more suitable for carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
图 6示出了从控制中心角度描述的根据本发明一实施例的多载波通信的 方法 200的示意性流程图, 如图 6所示, 该方法 200包括:  FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart of a method 200 for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is described from the perspective of a control center. As shown in FIG. 6, the method 200 includes:
S210 ,多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个 载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的该第 一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相异,该 第一下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的 倾斜角度, 该第二下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波束方向在垂 直方向上的倾斜角度; S210. The control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the first carrier used by the second base station device and/or the The beam direction of the second carrier such that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, The first downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction, and the second downtilt angle is a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction. slope;
S220,向该第一基站设备发送用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载 波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,以便于该第一基站设备根据 该第一配置信息确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向;  S220: Send, to the first base station device, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, so that the first base station device is configured according to the first The configuration information determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier;
S230,向该第二基站设备发送用于指示第二基站设备使用的该第一载波 和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第二配置信息,以便于该第二基站设备根据该 第二配置信息确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向;  S230. Send, to the second base station device, second configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the second base station device is configured according to the second configuration. Information determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier;
其中, 该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使 用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或  The coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的 第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。  The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
在本发明实施例中, 基站设备可以使用至少两个载波进行通信, 以下, 为了便于说明, 以基站设备使用两个载波(载波 1和载波 2 )进行通信为例, 对根据本发明一实施例的多载波通信的方法 200进行说明。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station device can communicate by using at least two carriers. For convenience of description, the base station device uses two carriers (carrier 1 and carrier 2) for communication, for example, according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method 200 of multi-carrier communication is described.
具体地说, 在 S210, 控制中心可以设置基站设备 A (第一基站设备的一 例)使用的载波 1 (第一载波的一例)和 /或载波 2 (第二载波的一例) 的波 束方向, 以调节载波 1的下倾角(第一下倾角的一例)和 /或载波 2的下倾角 (第二下倾角的一例)。  Specifically, in S210, the control center may set the beam direction of the carrier 1 (an example of the first carrier) and/or the carrier 2 (an example of the second carrier) used by the base station device A (an example of the first base station device) to The downtilt angle of the carrier 1 (an example of the first downtilt angle) and/or the downtilt angle of the carrier 2 (an example of the second downtilt angle) are adjusted.
这里, 需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 下倾角是指载波的波束方向 在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 并且, 该下倾角可以是机械形式的, 也可以是数 字形式的, 数字形式的下倾角定义为垂直面上的最强能量方向。 例如, 图 2 所示的 为基站设备 A使用的载波 1的下倾角, 为基站设备 A使用的载 波 2的下倾角。  Here, it should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the downtilt angle refers to the tilt angle of the beam direction of the carrier in the vertical direction, and the downtilt angle may be a mechanical form or a digital form, a digital form. The downtilt angle is defined as the direction of the strongest energy in the vertical plane. For example, the downtilt angle of carrier 1 used by base station device A shown in Fig. 2 is the downtilt angle of carrier 2 used by base station device A.
应理解, 本文中术语"和 /或", 仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系, 表 示可以存在三种关系, 例如, A和 /或 B, 可以表示: 单独存在 A , 同时存在 A和 B, 单独存在 B这三种情况。 另外, 本文中字符" /", 一般表示前后关联 对象是一种"或"的关系。 以下, 省略对相同或相似情况的说明。  It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this context is merely an association describing the associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and / or B, which may indicate: A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously. There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character " /" in this article generally means that the contextual object is an "or" relationship. Hereinafter, the description of the same or similar cases will be omitted.
因此, 在本发明实施例中, 例如, 在载波 2的波束方向已预先设置的情 况下, 可以仅设置载波 1的波束方向; 在载波 1的波束方向已预先设置的情 况下, 可以仅设置载波 2的波束方向; 也可以一并设置载波 1与载波 2的波 束方向。 Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, for example, in a case where the beam direction of the carrier 2 is preset, only the beam direction of the carrier 1 may be set; the beam direction of the carrier 1 is preset. In this case, only the beam direction of the carrier 2 can be set; the beam directions of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 can also be set together.
这里, 需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 在使用智能天线系统(AAS, Adaptive Antenna System )收发载波的情况下, 可以釆用 AAS中的设置方法 来设置载波的波束方向。 在使用不同的天线来收发不同的载波的情况下, 可 以设置天线的机械角度或电调角度(垂直方向上的角度), 以设置载波的波 束方向 (最强能量方向)。  Here, it should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the carrier is transmitted and received using an intelligent antenna system (AAS), the beam direction of the carrier can be set by using the setting method in the AAS. In the case of using different antennas to transmit and receive different carriers, the mechanical angle or the electrical adjustment angle (angle in the vertical direction) of the antenna can be set to set the beam direction of the carrier (the strongest energy direction).
在本发明实施例中,控制中心设置各基站所使用的载波的波束方向的方 法相同, 以下, 为了便于说明, 以控制中心设置基站设备 A使用的载波 1 和 /或载波 2的波束方向为例, 进行说明。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the method for setting the beam direction of the carrier used by each base station is the same. For the sake of convenience, the control center sets the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by the base station device A as an example. , Be explained.
具体地说, 例如, 如图 3所示, 控制中心可以设置基站设备 A使用的载 波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向而使载波 1的下倾角 0^ (第一下倾角)与载波 2 的下倾角 (第二下倾角)相异(例如, 使载波 1 的下倾角 ^小于载波 2 的下倾角 β ), 从而, 使来自基站设备 Α的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基站 设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围。  Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 3, the control center may set the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station device A to make the downtilt angle 0 (first downtilt) of carrier 1 and carrier 2 The downtilt angle (second downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle of carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle β of carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device 小于 smaller than the carrier 2 from the base station device A Coverage.
另外,如图 3所示, 可以设置基站设备 B使用的载波 1和载波 2的波束 方向而使载波 1的下倾角 α2 (第三下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 β2 (第四下倾 角)相同, 从而, 使来自基站设备 Β的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 Β 的载波 2的覆盖范围相同。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 3, the beam directions of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B may be set such that the downtilt angle α 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle β 2 of the carrier 2 (fourth lower The dip angles are the same, so that the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device 相同 is made the same as the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device 。.
例如,图 3示出了来自基站设备 Β的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 For example, Figure 3 shows the coverage of carrier 2 from the base station equipment and the base station equipment.
Α的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠的实施方式。 并且, 在本发明实施例中, 可以釆 用与现有技术相同的方法使来自基站设备 B的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站 设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠, 从而在载波 2上实现对基站设备 A与基 站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。 以下, 省略对相同或相似情况的说明。 An embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 of the 交 overlaps. Moreover, in the embodiment of the present invention, the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B can be overlapped with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device A by using the same method as the prior art, thereby implementing on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area between base station device A and base station device B. Hereinafter, the description of the same or similar cases will be omitted.
如果将来自基站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 2 的覆盖范围的边界区域(或者说, 交叠区域)记作区域 a, 将与来自基站设 备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 1的覆盖范围以外的区 域记作区域 b, 则在区域 a, 由于来自基站设备 A的载波 1的干扰较小, 因 此来自基站设备 B的载波 1的信号质量优于来自基站设备 B的载波 2的信 号质量, 因此, 用户设备可以选择载波 1接入。 在区域 b, 来自基站设备 A 的载波 2能够覆盖, 因此, 用户设备可以选择载波 2接入。 应理解, 以上列举的载波波束的设置方式仅为示例性说明, 本发明并不 限定于此, 例如, 也可以釆用使来自基站设备 B的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自 基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围交叠的实施方式,从而在载波 1上实现对基 站设备 A与基站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。 If the coverage area of the carrier 2 from the base station device A and the boundary area (or the overlapping area) of the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device B are recorded as the area a, the coverage with the carrier 1 from the base station device A will be covered. The area outside the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station apparatus B is denoted as the area b, and in the area a, since the interference from the carrier 1 of the base station apparatus A is small, the signal quality of the carrier 1 from the base station apparatus B is excellent. The signal quality of carrier 2 from base station device B, therefore, the user equipment can select carrier 1 access. In area b, carrier 2 from base station device A can be covered, so the user equipment can select carrier 2 access. It should be understood that the manner of setting the carrier beam enumerated above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device B and the carrier 1 from the base station device A may also be used. The coverage overlaps the implementation to achieve continuous coverage of the area between base station device A and base station device B on carrier 1.
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 该多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一 基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及 第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向包括:  Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the second base station device The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used includes:
多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波 中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的该第一载 波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向, 以使第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该第三下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上 的倾斜角度, 该第四下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向 在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。  A control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the first carrier and/or the second used by the second base station device a beam direction of the carrier, such that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction, the first The four downtilt angle is an inclination angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction.
具体地说, 例如, 如图 4所示, 控制中心可以设置基站设备 A使用的载 波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向而使载波 1的下倾角 αΊ (第一下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 βΊ (第二下倾角)相异(例如, 使载波 1的下倾角 小于载波 2的下倾角 βΊ ), 从而, 使来自基站设备 Α的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基 站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围。  Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 4, the control center may set the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by the base station device A to make the downtilt angle α Ί (first downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 The tilt angle βΊ (the second downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle of the carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle βΊ of the carrier 2), so that the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device Α is smaller than that of the carrier 2 from the base station device A. Coverage.
另外,如图 4所示, 可以设置基站设备 B使用的载波 1和载波 2的波束 方向而使载波 1的下倾角 α,2 (第三下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 β,2 (第四下 倾角 )相异(例如, 使载波 1的下倾角 α,2大于载波 2的下倾角 β,2 ), 从而, 使来自基站设备 Β的载波 1的覆盖范围大于来自基站设备 Β的载波 2的覆 盖范围。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 4, the beam direction of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle α, 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle β, 2 of the carrier 2 The four downtilt angles are different (for example, the downtilt angle α, 2 of the carrier 1 is greater than the downtilt angle β, 2 of the carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device 大于 larger than the carrier 2 from the base station device 2 Coverage.
例如,图 4示出了来自基站设备 Β的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 Α的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠的实施方式, 从而在载波 2上实现对基站设备 A 与基站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。 并且, 图 4示出了示出了来自基站设 备 B的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围交叠的实 施方式, 从而在载波 1上实现对基站设备 A与基站设备 B之间的区域的连 续覆盖。  For example, FIG. 4 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device 交 overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ,, thereby implementing between the base station device A and the base station device B on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area. Moreover, FIG. 4 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device A, thereby implementing the base station device A and the base station device on the carrier 1. Continuous coverage of the area between B.
如果将来自基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 1 的覆盖范围的边界区域(或者说, 交叠区域)记作区域 c, 将与来自基站设 备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 2的覆盖范围的边界区 域记作区域 d, 则区域 c与区域 d的位置相异。 从而, 在区域 c, 由于来自 基站设备 B的载波 2的干扰能量较弱(远离基站 B的载波 2的辐射中心点), 且来自基站设备 A的载波 2的有用信号能量较强 (更靠近基站 A的载波 2 的辐射中心点), 因此来自基站设备 A的载波 2的信号质量优于载波 1的信 号质量, 用户设备可以选择载波 2接入。 同理, 在区域 d, 载波 1的信号质 量优于载波 2的信号质量, 用户设备可以选择载波 1接入。 If the coverage area of the carrier 1 from the base station device A and the boundary area (or the overlapping area) of the coverage of the carrier 1 from the base station device B are recorded as the area c, The boundary area of the carrier 2 of the standby A and the boundary area of the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station apparatus B are referred to as the area d, and the positions of the area c and the area d are different. Therefore, in the area c, the interference energy of the carrier 2 from the base station apparatus B is weak (the radiation center point of the carrier 2 away from the base station B), and the useful signal energy of the carrier 2 from the base station apparatus A is stronger (closer to the base station) The radiation center point of carrier 2 of A, so the signal quality of carrier 2 from base station equipment A is better than the signal quality of carrier 1, and the user equipment can select carrier 2 access. Similarly, in region d, the signal quality of carrier 1 is better than the signal quality of carrier 2, and the user equipment can select carrier 1 access.
再例如, 如图 5所示, 控制中心可以设置基站设备 A使用的载波 1和 / 或载波 2的波束方向而使载波 1的下倾角 α,Ί (第一下倾角 )与载波 2的下 倾角 β'Ί (第二下倾角)相异(例如, 使载波 1的下倾角 a 小于载波 2的 下倾角 β'Ί ), 从而, 使来自基站设备 Α的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基站 设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范围。  For another example, as shown in FIG. 5, the control center may set the beam direction of carrier 1 and/or carrier 2 used by base station device A to make the downtilt angle α, Ί (first downtilt angle) of carrier 1 and the downtilt angle of carrier 2. β'Ί (second downtilt angle) is different (for example, making the downtilt angle a of carrier 1 smaller than the downtilt angle β' of carrier 2), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device 小于 smaller than that from base station device A The coverage of carrier 2 .
另外,如图 5所示, 可以设置基站设备 B使用的载波 1和载波 2的波束 方向而使载波 1的下倾角 α,,2 (第三下倾角 )与载波 2的下倾角 β,,2 (第四 下倾角 )相异(例如, 使载波 1的下倾角 α"2小于载波 2的下倾角 β"2 ), 从 而, 使来自基站设备 Β的载波 1的覆盖范围小于来自基站设备 Β的载波 2 的覆盖范围。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 5, the beam directions of carrier 1 and carrier 2 used by the base station device B can be set such that the downtilt angle α, 2 (third downtilt angle) of the carrier 1 and the downtilt angle β of the carrier 2, 2 (fourth downtilt angle) is different (for example, the downtilt angle α" 2 of carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle β" 2 of carrier 2 ), thereby making the coverage of carrier 1 from the base station device 小于 smaller than that from the base station device Β The coverage of carrier 2.
例如,图 5示出了来自基站设备 Β的载波 2的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 Α的载波 2的覆盖范围交叠的实施方式, 从而在载波 2上实现对基站设备 A 与基站设备 B之间的区域的连续覆盖。  For example, FIG. 5 shows an embodiment in which the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device 交 overlaps with the coverage of the carrier 2 from the base station device ,, thereby implementing the connection between the base station device A and the base station device B on the carrier 2. Continuous coverage of the area.
如果将来自基站设备 A的载波 1的覆盖范围与来自基站设备 B的载波 1 的覆盖范围以外的区域记作区域 e , 将与来自基站设备 A的载波 2的覆盖范 围与来自基站设备 B的载波 2的覆盖范围的边界区域(或者说, 交叠区域) 记作区域 f, 则在区域 e, 因此来自基站设备 A或基站设备 B的载波 2的信 号质量优于载波 1的信号质量, 用户设备可以选择载波 2接入。  If the coverage of carrier 1 from base station device A and the area outside the coverage of carrier 1 from base station device B are denoted as region e, the coverage with carrier 2 from base station device A and the carrier from base station device B The boundary area of the coverage area of 2 (or the overlap area) is denoted as area f, then in area e, so the signal quality of carrier 2 from base station device A or base station device B is better than the signal quality of carrier 1, user equipment Carrier 2 access can be selected.
可选地, 在本发明实施例中, 该多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一 基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及 第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向包括:  Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the second base station device The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used includes:
该多载波通信系统中的控制中心接收该第一基站设备发送的用于指示 该至少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息和 / 或该第二基站设备发送的用于指示该至少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系 统中的位置的第二用户位置信息; The control center in the multi-carrier communication system receives the first user location information sent by the first base station device to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system and/or the second base station device sends Used to indicate that the at least one user equipment is in the multi-carrier communication system Second user location information of the location in the system;
根据该第一用户位置信息和 /或该第二位置信息,确定第一基站设备和第 二基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向。  And determining, according to the first user location information and/or the second location information, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and the second base station device.
具体地说, 例如, 在釆用如图 5所示情况下, 由于载波 1的下倾角小于 载波 2的下倾角, 因此, 在载波 1的覆盖范围内, 载波 1的信号强度优于载 波 2的信号强度,因此,同时处于载波 1和载波 2的覆盖范围内的用户设备, 会选择载波 1接入, 从而, 对于位于载波 1的覆盖范围外的用户设备, 能够 使用的载波 2的容量提高 (即, 载波 1对载波 2实现分流), 从而能够进一 步提高用户体验。 因此, 在本发明实施例中, 可以确定系统内用户设备的分 布位置, 并且, 可以根据系统内用户设备的分布位置, 确定载波 1和载波 2 的覆盖范围, 例如, 可以使载波 1的覆盖用户设备较为集中的区域, 使载波 2的覆盖范围大于载波 1的覆盖范围, 由于载波 1的信号强度优于载波 2的 信号强度, 因此集中在载波 1的覆盖区域内的用户设备会选择载波 1接入, 对于位于载波 1的覆盖范围外的用户设备, 能够使用的载波 2的容量提高, 从而能够进一步提高用户体验。  Specifically, for example, in the case shown in FIG. 5, since the downtilt angle of the carrier 1 is smaller than the downtilt angle of the carrier 2, the signal strength of the carrier 1 is better than that of the carrier 2 within the coverage of the carrier 1. The signal strength, therefore, the user equipment that is in the coverage of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 will select the carrier 1 access, so that the capacity of the carrier 2 that can be used is improved for the user equipment located outside the coverage of the carrier 1 ( That is, carrier 1 implements offloading on carrier 2, thereby further improving the user experience. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the distribution location of the user equipment in the system may be determined, and the coverage of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 may be determined according to the distribution location of the user equipment in the system, for example, the coverage user of the carrier 1 may be The area where the device is concentrated is such that the coverage of the carrier 2 is larger than the coverage of the carrier 1. Since the signal strength of the carrier 1 is better than the signal strength of the carrier 2, the user equipment concentrated in the coverage area of the carrier 1 selects the carrier 1 In the user equipment located outside the coverage of the carrier 1, the capacity of the carrier 2 that can be used is increased, so that the user experience can be further improved.
如上所述, 控制中心可以在确定基站 A使用的载波 1和 /或载波 2的波 束方向后, 在 S220, 向基站 A下发指示载波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向的信 息 (第一配置信息), 从而基站 A可以根据该信息, 设置载波 1和 /或载波 2 的波束方向, 例如, 设置载波 1的天下和 /或载波 2的天线的机械角度、 电调 角度等, 以使载波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向与第一配置信息相对应。  As described above, after determining the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 used by the base station A, the control center may send information indicating the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 to the base station A at S220 (first configuration) Information), so that the base station A can set the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 according to the information, for example, setting the mechanical angle of the antenna of the carrier 1 and/or the antenna of the carrier 2, the electrical adjustment angle, etc., so that the carrier 1 And/or the beam direction of carrier 2 corresponds to the first configuration information.
应理解, 以上列举了控制中心确定基站 A使用的载波 1和 /或载波 2的 波束方向并向基站 A下发指示载波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向的信息的实施 例, 同样, 在 S210, 控制中心也可以使用同样的方法确定基站 B使用的载 波 1和 /或载波 2的波束方向, 在 S230, 控制中心向基站 B下发指示载波 1 和 /或载波 2的波束方向的信息的实施例,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其说明。  It should be understood that the above describes an embodiment in which the control center determines the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 used by the base station A and sends information indicating the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 to the base station A, and similarly, at S210. The control center may also use the same method to determine the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 used by the base station B. At S230, the control center sends the information indicating the beam direction of the carrier 1 and/or the carrier 2 to the base station B. In the example, the description is omitted here to avoid redundancy.
以上, 列举了通过使来自基站 A的载波 1与来自基站 B的载波 1交叠, 和 /或使来自基站 A的载波 2与来自基站 B的载波 2交叠, 从而实现对基站 A与基站 B之间的区域进行连续覆盖的实施例, 但本发明并未限定于此, 例 如, 还可以使来自基站 A的载波 1与来自基站 B的载波 2交叠, 和 /或使来 自基站 A的载波 2与来自基站 B的载波 1交叠, 从而实现对基站 A与基站 B之间的区域进行连续覆盖。 根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的方法,通过为不同的载波设置相异的 下倾角度, 能够 ½站设备使用的不同的载波具有不同的覆盖范围, 从而, 在多载波通信系统内, 对于不同的载波, 在各基站设备彼此之间的边缘交界 区域相异, 从而使得不同载波对不同区域提供差异化的覆盖, 不同区域的用 户根据差异性选择更适合自己的载波传输, 提升整体性能。 In the above, enumeration is made by overlapping carrier 1 from base station A with carrier 1 from base station B, and/or overlapping carrier 2 from base station A with carrier 2 from base station B, thereby implementing base station A and base station B. Embodiments in which the area between the areas is continuously covered, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, carrier 1 from base station A may be overlapped with carrier 2 from base station B, and/or carrier from base station A may be made. 2 overlaps carrier 1 from base station B, thereby achieving continuous coverage of the area between base station A and base station B. According to the method of multi-carrier communication according to the embodiment of the present invention, by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, different carriers used by the station devices can have different coverage ranges, and thus, in the multi-carrier communication system, Different carriers are different in the edge boundary area between each base station device, so that different carriers provide differentiated coverage for different areas, and users in different areas are more suitable for carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
上文中, 结合图 1至图 6, 详细描述了根据本发明实施例的多载波通信 的方法, 下面, 将结合图 7至图 8, 详细描述根据本发明实施例的多载波通 信的装置。  Hereinabove, a method of multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 through 6, and a device for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 7 through 8.
图 7示出了根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的装置 300的示意性框图。 如图 7所示, 该装置 300包括:  FIG. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 300 for multi-carrier communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 7, the apparatus 300 includes:
确定单元 310, 用于使多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备确定用于通信 的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向,以使第一下倾角与 第二下倾角相异, 其中, 该第一下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的 波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第二下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的 第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度;  The determining unit 310 is configured to enable the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used for communication, so that the first downtilt angle and the second The downtilt angle is different, wherein the first downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction, and the second downtilt angle is a second carrier used by the first base station device The angle of inclination of the beam direction in the vertical direction;
通信单元 320, 用于使用该第一载波和该第二载波与该多载波通信系统 中的至少一个用户设备进行通信;  The communication unit 320 is configured to use the first carrier and the second carrier to communicate with at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
其中, 该多载波通信系统还包括第二基站设备, 该第二基站设备使用包 括该第一载波和该第二载波在内的至少两个载波与该至少一个用户设备进 行通信,该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用 的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或  The multi-carrier communication system further includes a second base station device, where the second base station device communicates with the at least one user equipment by using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier, the first base station The coverage of the first carrier used by the device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的 第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。  The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
可选地, 该确定单元 310具体用于根据该至少一个用户设备在该多载波 通信系统中的位置, 确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。  Optionally, the determining unit 310 is specifically configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
可选地, 第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该第三下倾角是该第二 基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度,该第四下倾 角是该第二基站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角 度。  Optionally, the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle It is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
可选地, 该通信单元 320还用于向该第二基站设备发送用于指示该第一 基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第三配置信息,以 便于该第二基站设备根据该第三配置信息,确定该第二基站设备使用的该第 一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。 Optionally, the communication unit 320 is further configured to send, to the second base station device, third configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, to The second base station device determines, according to the third configuration information, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device.
可选地, 该通信单元 320还用于接收控制中心发送的用于指示该第一基 站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息;  Optionally, the communication unit 320 is further configured to receive, by the control center, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device;
该确定单元 310还用于根据该第一配置信息,确定该第一载波和 /或该第 二载波的波束方向。  The determining unit 310 is further configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information.
可选地, 该通信单元 320还用于向该控制中心发送用于指示该至少一个 用户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息;  Optionally, the communication unit 320 is further configured to send, to the control center, first user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
接收该控制中心发送的用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 / 或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息, 其中, 该第一配置信息是该控制 中心根据该第一用户位置信息确定的。  Receiving, by the control center, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, where the first configuration information is that the control center is configured according to the first A user location information is determined.
根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的装置 300可对应于本发明实施例的方 法中的基站设备(具体地说, 是基站 A ), 并且, 该多载波通信的装置 300 中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和 /或功能分别为了实现图 1中的方法 100 的相应流程, 为了简洁, 在此不再赘述。  The apparatus 300 for multi-carrier communication according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a base station apparatus (specifically, base station A) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 300 of the multi-carrier communication is a module. For the sake of brevity, the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively omitted in order to implement the corresponding processes of the method 100 in FIG.
根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的装置,通过为不同的载波设置相异的 下倾角度, 能够 站设备使用的不同的载波具有不同的覆盖范围, 从而, 在多载波通信系统内, 对于不同的载波, 在各基站设备彼此之间的边缘交界 区域相异, 从而使得不同载波对不同区域提供差异化的覆盖, 不同区域的用 户根据差异性选择更适合自己的载波传输, 提升整体性能。  According to the apparatus for multi-carrier communication according to the embodiment of the present invention, different carriers used by the station device have different coverage ranges by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, and thus, in the multi-carrier communication system, different The carrier carrier is different in the edge boundary area between the base station devices, so that different carriers provide differentiated coverage for different regions, and users in different regions are more suitable for carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
图 8示出了根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的装置 400的示意性框图。 如图 8所示, 该装置 400包括:  FIG. 8 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 400 for multi-carrier communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 8, the apparatus 400 includes:
确定单元 410, 用于使多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备 使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站 设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向,以使第一下倾角与第二 下倾角相异, 该第一下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在 垂直方向上的倾斜角度,该第二下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的 波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度;  a determining unit 410, configured to enable a control center in the multi-carrier communication system to determine a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the first used by the second base station device a beam direction of the carrier and/or the second carrier such that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, wherein the first downtilt angle is a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction An angle of inclination, the second downtilt angle being an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction;
发送单元 420, 用于向该第一基站设备发送用于指示该第一基站设备使 用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,以便于该第一 基站设备根据该第一配置信息确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向; 用于向该第二基站设备发送用于指示第二基站设备使用的该第一载波 和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第二配置信息,以便于该第二基站设备根据该 第二配置信息确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向; The sending unit 420 is configured to send, to the first base station device, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, to facilitate the first base station device. Determining, according to the first configuration information, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier; Transmitting, to the second base station device, second configuration information for indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the second base station device is configured according to the second configuration Information determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier;
其中, 该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使 用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或  The coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的 第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。  The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
可选地, 该装置还包括:  Optionally, the device further includes:
接收单元 430, 用于接收该第一基站设备发送的用于指示该至少一个用 户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息和 /或该第二基站 设备发送的用于指示该至少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的 第二用户位置信息; 以及  The receiving unit 430 is configured to receive first user location information that is sent by the first base station device to indicate a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system, and/or an indication sent by the second base station device Second user location information of the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
该确定单元 410还用于根据该第一用户位置信息和 /或该第二位置信息, 确定第一基站设备和第二基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或 第二载波的波束方向。  The determining unit 410 is further configured to determine, according to the first user location information and/or the second location information, the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and the second base station device Beam direction.
可选地,该确定单元 410具体用于确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载 波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的该第一 载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向,以使第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异,其中, 该第三下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上 的倾斜角度, 该第四下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向 在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。  Optionally, the determining unit 410 is specifically configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the first carrier and/or used by the second base station device The beam direction of the second carrier is such that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction The fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的装置 400可对应于本发明实施例的方 法中的控制中心, 并且, 该多载波通信的装置 400中的各单元即模块和上述 其他操作和 /或功能分别为了实现图 6中的方法 200的相应流程, 为了简洁, 在此不再赞述。  The apparatus 400 for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a control center in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 400 of the multi-carrier communication and the other operations and/or functions described above respectively In order to implement the corresponding flow of the method 200 in FIG. 6, for the sake of brevity, it is not mentioned here.
根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的装置,通过为不同的载波设置相异的 下倾角度, 能够 站设备使用的不同的载波具有不同的覆盖范围, 从而, 在多载波通信系统内, 对于不同的载波, 在各基站设备彼此之间的边缘交界 区域相异, 从而使得不同载波对不同区域提供差异化的覆盖, 不同区域的用 户根据差异性选择更适合自己的载波传输, 提升整体性能。  According to the apparatus for multi-carrier communication according to the embodiment of the present invention, different carriers used by the station device have different coverage ranges by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, and thus, in the multi-carrier communication system, different The carrier carrier is different in the edge boundary area between the base station devices, so that different carriers provide differentiated coverage for different regions, and users in different regions are more suitable for carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
上文中, 结合图 1至图 6, 详细描述了根据本发明实施例的多载波通信 的方法, 下面, 将结合图 9至图 10, 详细描述根据本发明实施例的多载波通 信的设备。 Hereinabove, multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 through 6. Method of Multi-Carrier Communication according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 9 to 10.
图 9示出了根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的设备 500的示意性框图。 如图 9所示, 该设备 500包括:  FIG. 9 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 500 for multi-carrier communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 9, the device 500 includes:
总线 510;  Bus 510;
与该总线相连的处理器 520;  a processor 520 connected to the bus;
与该总线相连的存储器 530;  a memory 530 connected to the bus;
与该总线相连的收发器 540;  a transceiver 540 connected to the bus;
天线 550;  Antenna 550;
其中,该处理器 520通过该总线 510,调用该存储器 530中存储的程序, 以用于使多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备确定用于通信的至少两个载波 中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相 异, 其中, 该第一下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂 直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第二下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波 束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度;  The processor 520 calls the program stored in the memory 530 through the bus 510, so that the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system determines the first carrier of the at least two carriers for communication and/or Or a beam direction of the second carrier, such that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, wherein the first downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction The second downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction;
该收发器 540用于通过该天线 550使用该第一载波和该第二载波与该多 载波通信系统中的至少一个用户设备进行通信;  The transceiver 540 is configured to communicate with the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system by using the first carrier and the second carrier by the antenna 550;
其中, 该多载波通信系统还包括第二基站设备, 该第二基站设备使用包 括该第一载波和该第二载波在内的至少两个载波与该至少一个用户设备进 行通信,该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用 的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或  The multi-carrier communication system further includes a second base station device, where the second base station device communicates with the at least one user equipment by using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier, the first base station The coverage of the first carrier used by the device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的 第二载波的覆盖范围交。  The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device intersects with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
可选地, 该处理器 520具体用于根据该至少一个用户设备在该多载波通 信系统中的位置, 确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。  Optionally, the processor 520 is specifically configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
可选地, 第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该第三下倾角是该第二 基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第四下倾 角是该第二基站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角 度。  Optionally, the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, where the third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle It is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction.
可选地, 该处理器 520还用于控制该收发器 540还用于向该第二基站设 备发送用于指示该第一基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束 方向的第三配置信息, 以便于该第二基站设备根据该第三配置信息, 确定该 第二基站设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。 Optionally, the processor 520 is further configured to control, by the transceiver 540, to send, to the second base station device, a beam for indicating the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device. a third configuration information of the direction, so that the second base station device determines, according to the third configuration information, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device.
可选地, 该收发器 540还用于接收控制中心发送的用于指示该第一基站 设备使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息;  Optionally, the transceiver 540 is further configured to receive, by the control center, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device;
该处理器 520还用于根据该第一配置信息,确定该第一载波和 /或该第二 载波的波束方向。  The processor 520 is further configured to determine a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information.
可选地, 该处理器 520还用于控制该收发器 540向该控制中心发送用于 指示该至少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信 息;  Optionally, the processor 520 is further configured to control the transceiver 540 to send, to the control center, first user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
该收发器 540还用于接收该控制中心发送的用于指示该第一基站设备使 用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,其中,该第一 配置信息是该控制中心根据该第一用户位置信息确定的。  The transceiver 540 is further configured to receive, by the control center, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, where the first configuration information is It is determined by the control center according to the first user location information.
处理单元 520控制设备 500的操作,处理单元 520还可以称为 CPU。存 储器 530可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器, 并向处理单元 520提供指 令和数据。 存储器 530 的一部分还可以包括非易失行随机存取存储器 ( NVRAM )0具体的应用中,设备 500可以嵌入或者本身可以就是例如基站 设备, 还可以包括容纳发射电路 541和接收电路 542的收发器 540, 以允许 设备 500和远程位置之间进行数据发射和接收。发射电路 541和接收电路 542 可以耦合到天线 550。设备 500的各个组件通过总线 510耦合在一起,其中, 总线 510除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。 但是为了清楚明起见, 在图中将各种总线都标为总线 510。 设备 500还可以 包括用于处理信号的处理单元、 此外还包括功率控制器、 解码处理器。 具体 的不同产品中解码器可能与处理单元集成为一体。 框图。 通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理 器, 解码器等。 结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件 处理器执行完成, 或者用解码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。 软 件模块可以位于随机存储器, 闪存、 只读存储器, 可编程只读存储器或者电 可擦写可编程存储器、 寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。 该存储介质位于 存储器, 解码单元或者处理单元读取存储器中的信息, 结合其硬件完成上述 方法的步骤。 该处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,简称为 "CPU" ), 该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、 数字信号处理器(DSP )、 专用集成电 路(ASIC )、 现成可编程门阵列 (FPGA )或者其他可编程逻辑器件、 分立 门或者晶体管逻辑器件、 分立硬件组件等。 通用处理器可以是 处理器或者 该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。 Processing unit 520 controls the operation of device 500, which may also be referred to as a CPU. Memory 530 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processing unit 520. Portion of the memory 530 may also include non-volatile random access line 0 on the particular application memory (NVRAM), device 500 may be embedded or may itself be a base station apparatus is, for example, may also include transmit circuitry 541 and receive circuitry 542 receives a transceiver 540, to allow data transmission and reception between the device 500 and a remote location. Transmit circuitry 541 and receive circuitry 542 may be coupled to antenna 550. The various components of device 500 are coupled together by a bus 510, which in addition to the data bus includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for the sake of clarity, various buses are labeled as bus 510 in the figure. Apparatus 500 can also include a processing unit for processing signals, and further includes a power controller, a decoding processor. The decoder in a specific different product may be integrated with the processing unit. block diagram. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor, decoder or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as hardware processor execution completion, or performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software modules can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the decoding unit or the processing unit reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the foregoing method in combination with the hardware. The processor may be a Central Processing Unit ("CPU"), which may also be other general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and off-the-shelf programmable gates. Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware components, etc. A general purpose processor may be a processor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
该存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令 和数据。 存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。 例如, 存储 器还可以存储设备类型的信息。  The memory can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory can also store information about the type of device.
该总线系统除包括数据总线之外, 还可以包括电源总线、 控制总线和状 态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统。  The bus system can include, in addition to the data bus, a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for the sake of clarity, the various buses are labeled as bus systems in the figure.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑 电路或者软件形式的指令完成。 结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以 直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成, 或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执 行完成。 软件模块可以位于随机存储器, 闪存、 只读存储器, 可编程只读存 储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、 寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。 该存 储介质位于存储器, 处理器读取存储器中的信息, 结合其硬件完成上述方法 的步骤。 为避免重复, 这里不再详细描述。  In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor execution, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software modules can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to perform the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的设备 500可对应于本发明实施例的方 法中的基站设备(具体地说, 站 A ), 并且, 该多载波通信的设备 500 中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和 /或功能分别为了实现图 1中的方法 100 的相应流程, 为了简洁, 在此不再赘述。  The apparatus 500 for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a base station apparatus (specifically, station A) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 500 of the multi-carrier communication is a module and The other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes of the method 100 in FIG. 1 , and are not described herein again for brevity.
根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的设备,通过为不同的载波设置相异的 下倾角度, 能够 站设备使用的不同的载波具有不同的覆盖范围, 从而, 在多载波通信系统内, 对于不同的载波, 在各基站设备彼此之间的边缘交界 区域相异, 从而使得不同载波对不同区域提供差异化的覆盖, 不同区域的用 户根据差异性选择更适合自己的载波传输, 提升整体性能。  According to the multi-carrier communication device of the embodiment of the present invention, different carriers used by the station device have different coverage ranges by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, and thus, in the multi-carrier communication system, different The carrier carrier is different in the edge boundary area between the base station devices, so that different carriers provide differentiated coverage for different regions, and users in different regions are more suitable for carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
图 10示出了根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的设备 600的示意性框图。 如图 6所示, 该设备 600包括:  FIG. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 600 for multi-carrier communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 6, the device 600 includes:
总线 610;  Bus 610;
与该总线相连的处理器 620;  a processor 620 connected to the bus;
与该总线相连的存储器 630; 与该总线相连的收发器 640; a memory 630 connected to the bus; a transceiver 640 connected to the bus;
其中,该处理器 620通过该总线 610,调用该存储器 630中存储的程序, 以用于使多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个 载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的该第 一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相异,该 第一下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的 倾斜角度, 该第二下倾角是该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波束方向在垂 直方向上的倾斜角度;  The processor 620 calls the program stored in the memory 630 through the bus 610, so that the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines the first carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and/or Or a beam direction of the second carrier and a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device, so that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, where the first downtilt angle is An inclination angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction, where the second downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station device in a vertical direction;
该收发器 640用于向该第一基站设备发送用于指示该第一基站设备使用 的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,以便于该第一基 站设备根据该第一配置信息确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向; 用于向该第二基站设备发送用于指示第二基站设备使用的该第一载波 和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第二配置信息,以便于该第二基站设备根据该 第二配置信息确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向;  The transceiver 640 is configured to send, to the first base station device, first configuration information that is used to indicate a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device, to facilitate the first base station device. Determining a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information, and configured to send, to the second base station device, the first carrier and/or the second, used to indicate use by the second base station device Second configuration information of a beam direction of the carrier, so that the second base station device determines a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the second configuration information;
其中, 该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使 用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或  The coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的 第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。  The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
可选地, 该收发器 640还用于接收该第一基站设备发送的用于指示该至 少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息和 /或该 第二基站设备发送的用于指示该至少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系统中 的位置的第二用户位置信息; 以及  Optionally, the transceiver 640 is further configured to receive first user location information that is sent by the first base station device to indicate a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system, and/or the second base station device. Transmitting second user location information indicating a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
该处理器 620还用于根据该第一用户位置信息和 /或该第二位置信息,确 定第一基站设备和第二基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第 二载波的波束方向。  The processor 620 is further configured to determine, according to the first user location information and/or the second location information, a first carrier and/or a second carrier of at least two carriers used by the first base station device and the second base station device. Beam direction.
可选地,该处理器 620具体用于确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波 中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的该第一载 波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向, 以使第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该第三下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上 的倾斜角度, 该第四下倾角是该第二基站设备使用的该第二载波的波束方向 在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。 处理单元 620控制设备 600的操作,处理单元 620还可以称为 CPU。存 储器 630可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器, 并向处理单元 620提供指 令和数据。 存储器 630 的一部分还可以包括非易失行随机存取存储器 ( NVRAM )0具体的应用中,设备 600可以嵌入或者本身可以就是例如基站 设备, 还可以包括容纳发射电路 641和接收电路 642的收发器 640 , 以允许 设备 600和远程位置之间进行数据发射和接收。发射电路 641和接收电路 642 可以耦合到天线 600。设备 600的各个组件通过总线 610耦合在一起,其中, 总线 610除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。 但是为了清楚明起见, 在图中将各种总线都标为总线 610。 设备 600还可以 包括用于处理信号的处理单元、 此外还包括功率控制器、 解码处理器。 具体 的不同产品中解码器可能与处理单元集成为一体。 框图。 通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理 器, 解码器等。 结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件 处理器执行完成, 或者用解码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。 软 件模块可以位于随机存储器, 闪存、 只读存储器, 可编程只读存储器或者电 可擦写可编程存储器、 寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。 该存储介质位于 存储器 630, 解码单元或者处理单元读取存储器 630中的信息, 结合其硬件 完成上述方法的步骤。 Optionally, the processor 620 is specifically configured to determine a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device, and the first carrier and/or used by the second base station device The beam direction of the second carrier is such that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction The fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle of a beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in a vertical direction. Processing unit 620 controls the operation of device 600, which may also be referred to as a CPU. Memory 630 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processing unit 620. Portion of the memory 630 may also include non-volatile random access line 0 on the particular application memory (NVRAM), the device 600 may be embedded or may itself is the base station apparatus may further comprise, for example, receive transmit circuitry 641 and receive circuitry 642 of the transceiver 640 to allow data transmission and reception between the device 600 and the remote location. Transmit circuitry 641 and receive circuitry 642 may be coupled to antenna 600. The various components of device 600 are coupled together by a bus 610, which in addition to the data bus includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for the sake of clarity, various buses are labeled as bus 610 in the figure. Apparatus 600 can also include a processing unit for processing signals, and further includes a power controller, a decoding processor. The decoder in a specific different product may be integrated with the processing unit. block diagram. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor, decoder or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as hardware processor execution completion, or performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software modules can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory 630, and the decoding unit or the processing unit reads the information in the memory 630, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with the hardware thereof.
该处理器可以是中央处理单元( Central Processing Unit,简称为 "CPU" ), 该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、 数字信号处理器(DSP )、 专用集成电 路(ASIC )、 现成可编程门阵列 (FPGA )或者其他可编程逻辑器件、 分立 门或者晶体管逻辑器件、 分立硬件组件等。 通用处理器可以是 处理器或者 该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。  The processor may be a Central Processing Unit ("CPU"), which may also be other general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and off-the-shelf programmable gates. Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware components, etc. The general purpose processor may be a processor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
该存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令 和数据。 存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。 例如, 存储 器还可以存储设备类型的信息。  The memory can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory can also store information about the type of device.
该总线系统除包括数据总线之外, 还可以包括电源总线、 控制总线和状 态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统。  The bus system can include, in addition to the data bus, a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for the sake of clarity, the various buses are labeled as bus systems in the figure.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑 电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以 直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成, 或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执 行完成。 软件模块可以位于随机存储器, 闪存、 只读存储器, 可编程只读存 储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、 寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。 该存 储介质位于存储器, 处理器读取存储器中的信息, 结合其硬件完成上述方法 的步骤。 为避免重复, 这里不再详细描述。 In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present invention may be Directly embodied as hardware processor execution completion, or with a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software modules can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the foregoing method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的设备 600可对应于本发明实施例的方 法中的基站设备(具体地说, 站 A ), 并且, 该多载波通信的设备 600 中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和 /或功能分别为了实现图 6中的方法 200 的相应流程, 为了简洁, 在此不再赘述。  The apparatus 600 for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a base station apparatus (specifically, station A) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the apparatus 600 of the multi-carrier communication is a module and The other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes of the method 200 in FIG. 6. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的设备,通过为不同的载波设置相异的 下倾角度, 能够 站设备使用的不同的载波具有不同的覆盖范围, 从而, 在多载波通信系统内, 对于不同的载波, 在各基站设备彼此之间的边缘交界 区域相异, 从而使得不同载波对不同区域提供差异化的覆盖, 不同区域的用 户根据差异性选择更适合自己的载波传输, 提升整体性能。  According to the multi-carrier communication device of the embodiment of the present invention, different carriers used by the station device have different coverage ranges by setting different downtilt angles for different carriers, and thus, in the multi-carrier communication system, different The carrier carrier is different in the edge boundary area between the base station devices, so that different carriers provide differentiated coverage for different regions, and users in different regions are more suitable for carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
上文中,结合图 1至图 10,详细描述了根据本发明实施例的多载波通信 的方法、 装置和设备, 下面, 将结合图 11 , 详细描述根据本发明实施例的多 载波通信的系统。  Hereinabove, a method, apparatus, and apparatus for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention are described in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 through 10, and a system for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG.
图 11示出了根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的系统 700的示意性框图。 如图 11所示, 该系统 700包括:  Figure 11 shows a schematic block diagram of a system 700 for multi-carrier communication in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 11, the system 700 includes:
使用至少两个载波与至少一个用户设备进行通信的第一基站设备 710, 其中, 第一下倾角小于第二下倾角, 该第一下倾角是该至少两个载波中的第 一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 该第二下倾角是该至少两个载 波中的第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度;  a first base station device 710 that communicates with at least one user equipment using at least two carriers, wherein the first downtilt angle is less than a second downtilt angle, the first downtilt angle being a beam direction of a first one of the at least two carriers An inclination angle in a vertical direction, the second downtilt angle being an inclination angle of a beam direction of a second carrier of the at least two carriers in a vertical direction;
使用包括该第一载波和该第二载波在内的至少两个载波与该至少一个 用户设备进行通信的第二基站设备 720;  Using a second base station device 720 that communicates with the at least one user equipment using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier;
其中, 该第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使 用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或  The coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station device, and/or
该第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和该第二基站设备使用的 第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。  The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station device overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station device.
可选地,该第一下倾角和 /或该第二下倾角是该第一基站设备 710根据该 至少一个用户设备在该系统中的位置确定的。 可选地, 第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 该第三下倾角是该第二 基站设备 720使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度,该第四 下倾角是该第二基站设备 720使用的该第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的 倾斜角度。 Optionally, the first downtilt angle and/or the second downtilt angle is determined by the first base station device 710 according to the location of the at least one user equipment in the system. Optionally, the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, where the third downtilt angle is a tilt angle of a beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station device 720 in a vertical direction, and the fourth The tilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device 720 in the vertical direction.
可选地,该第二基站设备 720使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束 方向是该第二基站设备 720根据该第一基站设备 710发送的用于指示该第一 基站设备 710使用的该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第三配置信 息确定的。  Optionally, the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device 720 is used by the second base station device 720 to indicate the first base station device according to the first base station device 710. The first carrier and/or the third configuration information of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the 710 is determined.
可选地, 该系统还包括:  Optionally, the system further includes:
控制中心 730, 用于确定该第一基站设备 710使用的至少两个载波中的 第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及该第二基站设备 720使用的该第一 载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向;  a control center 730, configured to determine a beam direction of a first carrier and/or a second carrier of the at least two carriers used by the first base station device 710, and the first carrier used by the second base station device 720 and/or the The beam direction of the second carrier;
用于向该第一基站设备 710发送用于指示该第一基站设备 710使用的该 第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,以便于该第一基站设 备 710根据该第一配置信息, 确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向; 用于向该第二基站 720发送的用于指示该第二基站设备 720使用的该第 一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向的第二配置信息,以便于该第二基站设备 720根据该第二配置信息, 确定该第一载波和 /或该第二载波的波束方向。  And transmitting, to the first base station device 710, first configuration information for indicating a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device 710, so that the first base station device 710 is configured according to the Determining, by the first configuration information, a beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier, and sending, to the second base station 720, the first carrier and/or the second carrier device 720 The second configuration information of the beam direction of the second carrier, so that the second base station device 720 determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the second configuration information.
可选地,该控制中心 730还用于根据该第一基站设备发送的用于指示该 至少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息和 /或 该第二基站设备发送的用于指示该至少一个用户设备在该多载波通信系统 中的位置的第二用户位置信息, 确定该第一配置信息以及该第二配置信息。  Optionally, the control center 730 is further configured to: according to the first user location information that is sent by the first base station device to indicate a location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system, and/or the second base station device The second user location information that is sent to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system determines the first configuration information and the second configuration information.
根据本发明实施例的第一基站 710可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的基 站设备(具体地说, 是基站 A ), 第二基站 720可对应于本发明实施例的方 法中的基站设备(具体地说, 是基站 B ), 并且, 第一基站 710和第二基站 720中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和 /或功能分别为了实现图 1中的方法 100的相应流程, 为了简洁, 在此不再赘述。  The first base station 710 according to the embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the base station device (specifically, the base station A) in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and the second base station 720 may correspond to the base station device in the method of the embodiment of the present invention. (Specifically, the base station B), and the modules in the first base station 710 and the second base station 720, and the other operations and/or functions described above, respectively, are used to implement the corresponding flow of the method 100 in FIG. , will not repeat them here.
根据本发明实施例的控制中心 730可对应于本发明实施例的方法中的控 制中心,并且,该控制中心 730中的各单元即模块和上述其他操作和 /或功能 分别为了实现图 6中的方法 200的相应流程, 为了简洁, 在此不再赘述。  The control center 730 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a control center in the method of the embodiment of the present invention, and each unit in the control center 730, that is, the module and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented in FIG. The corresponding flow of the method 200 will not be repeated here for brevity.
根据本发明实施例的多载波通信的系统,通过为不同的载波设置相异的 下倾角度, 能够 站设备使用的不同的载波具有不同的覆盖范围, 从而, 在多载波通信系统内, 对于不同的载波, 在各基站设备彼此之间的边缘交界 区域相异, 从而使得不同载波对不同区域提供差异化的覆盖, 不同区域的用 户根据差异性选择更适合自己的载波传输, 提升整体性能。 A system for multi-carrier communication according to an embodiment of the present invention, by setting different signals for different carriers Downward angle, different carriers that can be used by the station device have different coverage areas, and thus, in a multi-carrier communication system, for different carriers, the edge boundary areas of the base station devices are different from each other, thereby making different carriers Differentiated coverage is provided for different areas, and users in different areas are more suitable for their own carrier transmission according to the difference, thereby improving overall performance.
应理解, 在本发明的各种实施例中, 上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味 着执行顺序的先后, 各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定, 而不应 对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。  It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present invention, the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各 示例的单元及算法步骤, 能够以电子硬件、 或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结 合来实现。 这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行, 取决于技术方案的特 法来实现所描述的功能, 但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。  Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in a combination of electronic hardware or computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specifics of the technical solutions to achieve the described functions, but such implementations are not considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和简洁, 上述描 述的系统、 装置和单元的具体工作过程, 可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应 过程, 在此不再赘述。  A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can be referred to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiments for the convenience and brevity of the description, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的系统、 装置和 方法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示 意性的, 例如, 所述单元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分, 实际实现时可 以有另外的划分方式, 例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个 系统, 或一些特征可以忽略, 或不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间 的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口, 装置或单元的间接耦合 或通信连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。  In the several embodiments provided herein, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed. In addition, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作 为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一个地方, 或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或 者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。  The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元 中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在, 也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一 个单元中。  In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使 用时, 可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。 基于这样的理解, 本发明 的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部 分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来, 该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质 中, 包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。 而前 述的存储介质包括: U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器( ROM, Read-Only Memory )、 随机存取存储器 ( RAM, Random Access Memory ), 磁碟或者光盘等各种可 以存储程序代码的介质。 The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the present invention The technical solution in essence or the part contributing to the prior art or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including a plurality of instructions for making one The computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) performs all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述, 仅为本发明的具体实施方式, 但本发明的保护范围并不局限 于此, 任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内, 可轻易 想到变化或替换, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。 因此, 本发明的保护 范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。  The above is only the specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the appended claims.

Claims

权利要求 Rights request
1、 一种多载波通信的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括: 1. A method of multi-carrier communication, characterized in that the method includes:
多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备确定用于通信的至少两个载波中的 第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相异,所 述第一下倾角是所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向 上的倾斜角度, 所述第二下倾角是所述第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波束 方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度; The first base station equipment in the multi-carrier communication system determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier among the at least two carriers used for communication, so that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, said The first downtilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment in the vertical direction, and the second downtilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station equipment in the vertical direction. The angle of inclination in the direction;
使用所述第一载波和所述第二载波与所述多载波通信系统中的至少一 个用户设备进行通信; Use the first carrier and the second carrier to communicate with at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
其中, 所述多载波通信系统还包括第二基站设备, 所述第二基站设备使 用包括所述第一载波和所述第二载波在内的至少两个载波与所述至少一个 用户设备进行通信, 所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和所述第 二基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或 Wherein, the multi-carrier communication system further includes a second base station device, and the second base station device uses at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier to communicate with the at least one user equipment. , the coverage area of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment overlaps with the coverage area of the first carrier used by the second base station equipment, and/or
所述第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和所述第二基站设备使 用的第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。 The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station equipment overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station equipment.
2、 根据权利要求 1 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述多载波通信系统中 的第一基站设备确定用于通信的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波 的波束方向包括: 2. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier among at least two carriers used for communication. include:
所述多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备根据所述至少一个用户设备在 所述多载波通信系统中的位置,确定所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束 方向。 The first base station equipment in the multi-carrier communication system determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the position of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system.
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 第三下倾角与第四 下倾角相异, 其中, 所述第三下倾角是所述第二基站设备使用的第一载波的 波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 所述第四下倾角是所述第二基站设备使 用的所述第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。 3. The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is the first carrier used by the second base station equipment. The tilt angle of the beam direction in the vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction.
4、 根据权利要求 1至 3中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法 还包括: 4. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the method further includes:
向所述第二基站设备发送用于指示所述第一基站设备使用的所述第一 载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第三配置信息,以便于所述第二基站设 备根据所述第三配置信息, 确定所述第二基站设备使用的所述第一载波和 / 或所述第二载波的波束方向。 Send third configuration information indicating the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station equipment to the second base station equipment, so that the second base station equipment can adjust the beam direction according to the The third configuration information determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station equipment.
5、 根据权利要求 1至 4中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述多载 波通信系统中的第一基站设备确定用于通信的至少两个载波中的第一载波 和 /或第二载波的波束方向包括: 5. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that, the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system determines the first carrier and/or the first carrier among at least two carriers used for communication. The beam direction of the second carrier includes:
所述多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备接收控制中心发送的用于指示 所述第一基站设备使用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第 一配置信息; The first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system receives first configuration information sent by the control center for indicating the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device;
根据所述第一配置信息,确定所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方 向。 According to the first configuration information, the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier is determined.
6、 根据权利要求 5所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述多载波通信系统中 的第一基站设备接收控制中心发送的用于指示所述第一基站设备使用的所 述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息包括: 6. The method according to claim 5, characterized in that, the first base station equipment in the multi-carrier communication system receives the first carrier and/or the first base station equipment sent by the control center to instruct the first base station equipment to use Or the first configuration information of the beam direction of the second carrier includes:
所述多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备向所述控制中心发送用于指示 所述至少一个用户设备在所述多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信 息; The first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system sends first user location information indicating the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system to the control center;
接收所述控制中心发送的用于指示所述第一基站设备使用的所述第一 载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信 息是所述控制中心根据所述第一用户位置信息确定的。 Receive first configuration information sent by the control center for indicating the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station equipment, wherein the first configuration information is the The control center is determined based on the location information of the first user.
7、 一种多载波通信的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括: 7. A method of multi-carrier communication, characterized in that the method includes:
多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波 中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的所述第一 载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相异,所 述第一下倾角是所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向 上的倾斜角度, 所述第二下倾角是所述第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波束 方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度; The control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier among the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device. the beam direction of the second carrier, so that the first downtilt angle and the second downtilt angle are different, the first downtilt angle is the tilt angle in the vertical direction of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment, The second downtilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station equipment in the vertical direction;
向所述第一基站设备发送用于指示所述第一基站设备使用的所述第一 载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,以便于所述第一基站设 备根据所述第一配置信息确定所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向; 向所述第二基站设备发送用于指示第二基站设备使用的所述第一载波 和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第二配置信息,以便于所述第二基站设备根 据所述第二配置信息确定所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向; 其中, 所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和所述第二基站设 备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或 Send first configuration information indicating the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station equipment to the first base station equipment, so that the first base station equipment can adjust the beam direction according to the first base station equipment. The first configuration information determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier; and sends the first carrier and/or the first carrier to the second base station device to indicate that the second base station device uses it. The second configuration information of the beam direction of the second carrier, so that the second base station device determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the second configuration information; wherein, the The coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment and the second base station equipment coverage of the first carrier used by the device, and/or
所述第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和所述第二基站设备使 用的第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。 The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station equipment overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station equipment.
8、 根据权利要求 7所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述多载波通信系统中 的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二 载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波 的波束方向包括: 8. The method according to claim 7, characterized in that, the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier among the at least two carriers used by the first base station device. And the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station equipment includes:
所述多载波通信系统中的控制中心接收所述第一基站设备发送的用于 指示所述至少一个用户设备在所述多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位 置信息和 /或所述第二基站设备发送的用于指示所述至少一个用户设备在所 述多载波通信系统中的位置的第二用户位置信息; The control center in the multi-carrier communication system receives the first user location information and/or the first user location information sent by the first base station equipment to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system. Second user location information sent by two base station devices to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system;
根据所述第一用户位置信息和 /或所述第二位置信息,确定第一基站设备 和第二基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方 向。 According to the first user location information and/or the second location information, the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier among the at least two carriers used by the first base station equipment and the second base station equipment is determined.
9、 根据权利要求 7或 8所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述多载波通信系 统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或 第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二 载波的波束方向包括: 9. The method according to claim 7 or 8, characterized in that the control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines the first carrier and/or the second carrier among the at least two carriers used by the first base station device. The beam direction and the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station equipment include:
多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波 中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的所述第一 载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向, 以使第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异,其 中,所述第三下倾角是所述第二基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直 方向上的倾斜角度, 所述第四下倾角是所述第二基站设备使用的所述第二载 波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。 The control center in the multi-carrier communication system determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier among the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device. The beam direction of the second carrier is such that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is the tilt in the vertical direction of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the second base station equipment Angle, the fourth downtilt angle is an inclination angle in the vertical direction of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station equipment.
10、 一种多载波通信的装置, 其特征在于, 所述装置包括: 10. A multi-carrier communication device, characterized in that the device includes:
确定单元, 用于使多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备确定用于通信的至 少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向,以使第一下倾角与第二 下倾角相异, 其中, 所述第一下倾角是所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的 波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 所述第二下倾角是所述第一基站设备使 用的第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度; Determining unit, configured to cause the first base station equipment in the multi-carrier communication system to determine the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier among the at least two carriers used for communication, so that the first downtilt angle is consistent with the second downtilt angle. The inclination angles are different, wherein the first downtilt angle is the inclination angle in the vertical direction of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment, and the second downtilt angle is the inclination angle used by the first base station equipment. The tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier in the vertical direction;
通信单元, 用于使用所述第一载波和所述第二载波与所述多载波通信系 统中的至少一个用户设备进行通信; a communication unit configured to use the first carrier and the second carrier to communicate with the multi-carrier communication system communicate with at least one user device in the system;
其中, 所述多载波通信系统还包括第二基站设备, 所述第二基站设备使 用包括所述第一载波和所述第二载波在内的至少两个载波与所述至少一个 用户设备进行通信, 所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和所述第 二基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或 Wherein, the multi-carrier communication system further includes a second base station device, and the second base station device uses at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier to communicate with the at least one user equipment. , the coverage area of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment overlaps with the coverage area of the first carrier used by the second base station equipment, and/or
所述第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和所述第二基站设备使 用的第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。 The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station equipment overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station equipment.
11、 根据权利要求 10所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述确定单元具体用 于根据所述至少一个用户设备在所述多载波通信系统中的位置,确定所述第 一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向。 11. The apparatus according to claim 10, wherein the determining unit is specifically configured to determine the first carrier and/or the first carrier according to the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system. The beam direction of the second carrier.
12、 根据权利要求 10或 11所述的装置, 其特征在于, 第三下倾角与第 四下倾角相异, 其中, 所述第三下倾角是所述第二基站设备使用的第一载波 的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 所述第四下倾角是所述第二基站设备 使用的所述第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。 12. The device according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that the third downtilt angle and the fourth downtilt angle are different, wherein the third downtilt angle is the first carrier used by the second base station equipment. The tilt angle of the beam direction in the vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction.
13、 根据权利要求 10至 12中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述通 信单元还用于向所述第二基站设备发送用于指示所述第一基站设备使用的 所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第三配置信息,以便于所述第 二基站设备根据所述第三配置信息,确定所述第二基站设备使用的所述第一 载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向。 13. The apparatus according to any one of claims 10 to 12, characterized in that the communication unit is further configured to send to the second base station equipment the third base station equipment for instructing the first base station equipment to use. Third configuration information of the beam direction of a carrier and/or the second carrier, so that the second base station device determines the first carrier and the beam direction used by the second base station device according to the third configuration information. /or the beam direction of the second carrier.
14、 根据权利要求 10至 13中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述通 信单元还用于接收控制中心发送的用于指示所述第一基站设备使用的所述 第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息; 14. The apparatus according to any one of claims 10 to 13, wherein the communication unit is further configured to receive the first carrier and the first carrier sent by the control center to instruct the first base station equipment to use. /or first configuration information of the beam direction of the second carrier;
所述确定单元还用于根据所述第一配置信息,确定所述第一载波和 /或所 述第二载波的波束方向。 The determining unit is further configured to determine the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information.
15、 根据权利要求 14所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述通信单元还用于 向所述控制中心发送用于指示所述至少一个用户设备在所述多载波通信系 统中的位置的第一用户位置信息; 15. The apparatus according to claim 14, wherein the communication unit is further configured to send a first message indicating the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system to the control center. User location information;
接收所述控制中心发送的用于指示所述第一基站设备使用的所述第一 载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,其中,所述第一配置信 息是所述控制中心根据所述第一用户位置信息确定的。 Receive first configuration information sent by the control center for indicating the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station equipment, wherein the first configuration information is the The control center is determined based on the location information of the first user.
16、 一种多载波通信的装置, 其特征在于, 所述装置包括: 确定单元, 用于使多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用 的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备 使用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向,以使第一下倾角与第二 下倾角相异, 所述第一下倾角是所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方 向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 所述第二下倾角是所述第一基站设备使用的第 二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度; 16. A multi-carrier communication device, characterized in that the device includes: Determining unit, configured to cause the control center in the multi-carrier communication system to determine the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier among the at least two carriers used by the first base station device and the first carrier used by the second base station device. The beam direction of the carrier and/or the second carrier is such that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, and the first downtilt angle is the vertical direction of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment. The tilt angle in the direction, the second downtilt angle is the tilt angle in the vertical direction of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station equipment;
发送单元, 用于向所述第一基站设备发送用于指示所述第一基站设备使 用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,以便于所 述第一基站设备根据所述第一配置信息确定所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载 波的波束方向; A sending unit, configured to send first configuration information indicating the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device to the first base station device, so as to facilitate the The first base station device determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information;
用于向所述第二基站设备发送用于指示第二基站设备使用的所述第一 载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第二配置信息,以便于所述第二基站设 备根据所述第二配置信息确定所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向; 其中, 所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和所述第二基站设 备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或 Used to send second configuration information indicating the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station equipment to the second base station equipment, so that the second base station equipment can use the second base station equipment according to the The second configuration information determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier; wherein, the coverage of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment and the coverage of the first carrier used by the second base station equipment coverage of a carrier overlaps, and/or
所述第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和所述第二基站设备使 用的第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。 The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station equipment overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station equipment.
17、 根据权利要求 16所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述装置还包括: 接收单元, 用于接收所述第一基站设备发送的用于指示所述至少一个用 户设备在所述多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息和 /或所述第二 基站设备发送的用于指示所述至少一个用户设备在所述多载波通信系统中 的位置的第二用户位置信息; 以及 17. The device according to claim 16, characterized in that, the device further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive a message sent by the first base station device for instructing the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication. first user location information of the location in the system and/or second user location information sent by the second base station device to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; and
所述确定单元还用于根据所述第一用户位置信息和 /或所述第二位置信 息,确定第一基站设备和第二基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向。 The determining unit is further configured to determine, based on the first user location information and/or the second location information, the first carrier and/or the third carrier among the at least two carriers used by the first base station equipment and the second base station equipment. The beam direction of the second carrier.
18、 根据权利要求 16或 17所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述确定单元具 体用于确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波 的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波 束方向, 以使第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 所述第三下倾角是所述 第二基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 所述第 四下倾角是所述第二基站设备使用的所述第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向 上的倾斜角度。 18. The apparatus according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the determining unit is specifically configured to determine the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier among the at least two carriers used by the first base station equipment and The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station equipment is such that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is the second downtilt angle. The tilt angle of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the base station equipment in the vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle is the vertical direction of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station equipment. angle of inclination.
19、 一种多载波通信的设备, 其特征在于, 所述设备包括: 19. A multi-carrier communication device, characterized in that the device includes:
总线; bus;
与所述总线相连的处理器; a processor connected to said bus;
与所述总线相连的存储器; a memory connected to said bus;
与所述总线相连的收发器; a transceiver connected to said bus;
天线; antenna;
其中, 所述处理器通过所述总线, 调用所述存储器中存储的程序, 以用 于使多载波通信系统中的第一基站设备确定用于通信的至少两个载波中的 第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相异,其 中,所述第一下倾角是所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直 方向上的倾斜角度, 所述第二下倾角是所述第一基站设备使用的第二载波的 波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度; Wherein, the processor calls a program stored in the memory through the bus, so as to cause the first base station device in the multi-carrier communication system to determine the first carrier and/or the first carrier among at least two carriers used for communication. or the beam direction of the second carrier, so that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, wherein the first downtilt angle is the beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment in the vertical direction Tilt angle, the second downtilt angle is the tilt angle in the vertical direction of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station equipment;
所述收发器用于通过所述天线使用所述第一载波和所述第二载波与所 述多载波通信系统中的至少一个用户设备进行通信; The transceiver is configured to communicate with at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system using the first carrier and the second carrier through the antenna;
其中, 所述多载波通信系统还包括第二基站设备, 所述第二基站设备使 用包括所述第一载波和所述第二载波在内的至少两个载波与所述至少一个 用户设备进行通信, 所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和所述第 二基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或 Wherein, the multi-carrier communication system further includes a second base station device, and the second base station device uses at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier to communicate with the at least one user equipment. , the coverage area of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment overlaps with the coverage area of the first carrier used by the second base station equipment, and/or
所述第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和所述第二基站设备使 用的第二载波的覆盖范围交。 The coverage area of the second carrier used by the first base station equipment overlaps with the coverage area of the second carrier used by the second base station equipment.
20、 根据权利要求 19所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器具体用于 根据所述至少一个用户设备在所述多载波通信系统中的位置,确定所述第一 载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向。 20. The device according to claim 19, wherein the processor is specifically configured to determine the first carrier and/or the first carrier according to the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system. The beam direction of the second carrier.
21、 根据权利要求 19或 20所述的设备, 其特征在于, 第三下倾角与第 四下倾角相异, 其中, 所述第三下倾角是所述第二基站设备使用的第一载波 的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 所述第四下倾角是所述第二基站设备 使用的所述第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。 21. The device according to claim 19 or 20, characterized in that the third downtilt angle and the fourth downtilt angle are different, wherein the third downtilt angle is the first carrier used by the second base station equipment. The tilt angle of the beam direction in the vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction.
22、 根据权利要求 19至 21中任一项所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述处 理器还用于控制所述收发器还用于向所述第二基站设备发送用于指示所述 第一基站设备使用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第三配 置信息, 以便于所述第二基站设备根据所述第三配置信息, 确定所述第二基 站设备使用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向。 22. The device according to any one of claims 19 to 21, characterized in that the processor is further configured to control the transceiver and to send an instruction to the second base station device to indicate the third A third configuration of the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by a base station equipment configuration information, so that the second base station device determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station device according to the third configuration information.
23、 根据权利要求 19至 22中任一项所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收 发器还用于接收控制中心发送的用于指示所述第一基站设备使用的所述第 一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息; 23. The apparatus according to any one of claims 19 to 22, wherein the transceiver is further configured to receive the first carrier and the first carrier sent by the control center to instruct the first base station equipment to use. /or first configuration information of the beam direction of the second carrier;
所述处理器还用于根据所述第一配置信息,确定所述第一载波和 /或所述 第二载波的波束方向。 The processor is further configured to determine the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information.
24、 根据权利要求 23所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述处理器还用于控 制所述收发器向所述控制中心发送用于指示所述至少一个用户设备在所述 多载波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息; 24. The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the processor is further configured to control the transceiver to send to the control center a message indicating that the at least one user equipment is in the multi-carrier communication system. The first user location information of the location;
所述收发器还用于接收所述控制中心发送的用于指示所述第一基站设 备使用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息, 其 中, 所述第一配置信息是所述控制中心根据所述第一用户位置信息确定的。 The transceiver is further configured to receive first configuration information sent by the control center for indicating the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station equipment, wherein, The first configuration information is determined by the control center based on the first user location information.
25、 一种多载波通信的设备, 其特征在于, 所述设备包括: 25. A multi-carrier communication device, characterized in that the device includes:
总线; bus;
与所述总线相连的处理器; a processor connected to said bus;
与所述总线相连的存储器; a memory connected to said bus;
与所述总线相连的收发器; a transceiver connected to said bus;
其中, 所述处理器通过所述总线, 调用所述存储器中存储的程序, 以用 于使多载波通信系统中的控制中心确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波 中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的所述第一 载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向, 以使第一下倾角与第二下倾角相异,所 述第一下倾角是所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向 上的倾斜角度, 所述第二下倾角是所述第一基站设备使用的第二载波的波束 方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度; Wherein, the processor calls a program stored in the memory through the bus, so as to cause the control center in the multi-carrier communication system to determine the first carrier and/or the first carrier among at least two carriers used by the first base station equipment. or the beam direction of the second carrier and the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station equipment, so that the first downtilt angle is different from the second downtilt angle, and the first downtilt angle is The inclination angle is the inclination angle in the vertical direction of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment, and the second downtilt angle is the inclination angle in the vertical direction of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the first base station equipment. slope;
所述收发器用于向所述第一基站设备发送用于指示所述第一基站设备 使用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,以便于 所述第一基站设备根据所述第一配置信息确定所述第一载波和 /或所述第二 载波的波束方向; The transceiver is configured to send to the first base station equipment first configuration information indicating the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station equipment, so as to facilitate the The first base station device determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information;
所述收发器还用于向所述第二基站设备发送用于指示第二基站设备使 用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第二配置信息 ,以便于所 述第二基站设备根据所述第二配置信息确定所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载 波的波束方向; The transceiver is further configured to send to the second base station equipment second configuration information indicating the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station equipment, so as to facilitate the The second base station equipment determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the second configuration information;
其中, 所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和所述第二基站设 备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或 Wherein, the coverage area of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment overlaps with the coverage area of the first carrier used by the second base station equipment, and/or
所述第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和所述第二基站设备使 用的第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。 The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station equipment overlaps with the coverage of the second carrier used by the second base station equipment.
26、 根据权利要求 25所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述收发器还用于接 收所述第一基站设备发送的用于指示所述至少一个用户设备在所述多载波 通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息和 /或所述第二基站设备发送的用于 指示所述至少一个用户设备在所述多载波通信系统中的位置的第二用户位 置信息; 以及 26. The apparatus according to claim 25, wherein the transceiver is further configured to receive a message sent by the first base station equipment indicating the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system. The first user location information and/or the second user location information sent by the second base station device to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system; and
所述处理器还用于根据所述第一用户位置信息和 /或所述第二位置信息, 确定第一基站设备和第二基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或 第二载波的波束方向。 The processor is further configured to determine, according to the first user location information and/or the second location information, the first carrier and/or the third carrier among the at least two carriers used by the first base station equipment and the second base station equipment. The beam direction of the second carrier.
27、 根据权利要求 25或 26所述的设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器具体 用于确定第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载波和 /或第二载波的 波束方向以及第二基站设备使用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束 方向, 以使第三下倾角与第四下倾角相异, 其中, 所述第三下倾角是所述第 二基站设备使用的第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 所述第四 下倾角是所述第二基站设备使用的所述第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上 的倾斜角度。 27. The device according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the processor is specifically configured to determine the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier among the at least two carriers used by the first base station device; The beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station equipment is such that the third downtilt angle is different from the fourth downtilt angle, wherein the third downtilt angle is the second downtilt angle. The tilt angle of the beam direction of the first carrier used by the base station equipment in the vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station equipment in the vertical direction.
28、 一种多载波通信的系统, 其特征在于, 所述系统包括: 28. A multi-carrier communication system, characterized in that the system includes:
使用至少两个载波与至少一个用户设备进行通信的第一基站设备, 其 中, 第一下倾角小于第二下倾角, 所述第一下倾角是所述至少两个载波中的 第一载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 所述第二下倾角是所述至少 两个载波中的第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度; A first base station device that communicates with at least one user equipment using at least two carriers, wherein the first downtilt angle is smaller than the second downtilt angle, and the first downtilt angle is the beam of the first carrier among the at least two carriers. The tilt angle of the direction in the vertical direction, the second downtilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier among the at least two carriers in the vertical direction;
使用包括所述第一载波和所述第二载波在内的至少两个载波与所述至 少一个用户设备进行通信的第二基站设备; A second base station device that communicates with the at least one user equipment using at least two carriers including the first carrier and the second carrier;
其中, 所述第一基站设备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围和所述第二基站设 备使用的第一载波的覆盖范围交叠, 和 /或 Wherein, the coverage area of the first carrier used by the first base station equipment overlaps with the coverage area of the first carrier used by the second base station equipment, and/or
所述第一基站设备使用的第二载波的覆盖范围和所述第二基站设备使 用的第二载波的覆盖范围交叠。 The coverage of the second carrier used by the first base station equipment and the use of the second base station equipment The coverage of the second carrier overlaps.
29、 根据权利要求 28所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述第一下倾角和 /或 所述第二下倾角是所述第一基站设备根据所述至少一个用户设备在所述系 统中的位置确定的。 29. The system according to claim 28, wherein the first downtilt angle and/or the second downtilt angle are the values of the first base station equipment according to the at least one user equipment in the system. The location is determined.
30、 根据权利要求 28或 29所述的系统, 其特征在于, 第三下倾角与第 四下倾角相异, 其中, 所述第三下倾角是所述第二基站设备使用的第一载波 的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度, 所述第四下倾角是所述第二基站设备 使用的所述第二载波的波束方向在垂直方向上的倾斜角度。 30. The system according to claim 28 or 29, characterized in that the third downtilt angle and the fourth downtilt angle are different, wherein the third downtilt angle is the first carrier used by the second base station equipment. The tilt angle of the beam direction in the vertical direction, and the fourth downtilt angle is the tilt angle of the beam direction of the second carrier used by the second base station device in the vertical direction.
31、 根据权利要求 30 中任一项所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述第二基 站设备使用的所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向是所述第二基站 设备根据所述第一基站设备发送的用于指示所述第一基站设备使用的所述 第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第三配置信息确定的。 31. The system according to claim 30, wherein the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station equipment is the direction of the second base station equipment. Determined according to the third configuration information sent by the first base station device and used to indicate the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station device.
32、 根据权利要求 28至 31中任一项所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述系 统还包括: 32. The system according to any one of claims 28 to 31, characterized in that the system further includes:
控制中心, 用于确定所述第一基站设备使用的至少两个载波中的第一载 波和 /或第二载波的波束方向以及所述第二基站设备使用的所述第一载波和 / 或所述第二载波的波束方向; A control center, configured to determine the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier among the at least two carriers used by the first base station equipment and the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station equipment. The beam direction of the second carrier;
用于向所述第一基站设备发送用于指示所述第一基站设备使用的所述 第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第一配置信息,以便于所述第一基 站设备根据所述第一配置信息,确定所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束 方向; For sending to the first base station equipment first configuration information indicating the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the first base station equipment, so as to facilitate the first base station The device determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the first configuration information;
用于向所述第二基站发送的用于指示所述第二基站设备使用的所述第 一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方向的第二配置信息,以便于所述第二基站 设备根据所述第二配置信息 ,确定所述第一载波和 /或所述第二载波的波束方 向。 Second configuration information for sending to the second base station and indicating the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier used by the second base station equipment, so as to facilitate the second base station The device determines the beam direction of the first carrier and/or the second carrier according to the second configuration information.
33、 根据权利要求 32所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述控制中心还用于 根据所述第一基站设备发送的用于指示所述至少一个用户设备在所述多载 波通信系统中的位置的第一用户位置信息和 /或所述第二基站设备发送的用 于指示所述至少一个用户设备在所述多载波通信系统中的位置的第二用户 位置信息, 确定所述第一配置信息以及所述第二配置信息。 33. The method according to claim 32, wherein the control center is further configured to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system according to the information sent by the first base station equipment. The first user location information and/or the second user location information sent by the second base station device to indicate the location of the at least one user equipment in the multi-carrier communication system, determine the first configuration information and the second configuration information.
PCT/CN2012/087910 2012-12-28 2012-12-28 Method, apparatus, device, and system for multicarrier communication WO2014101138A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201280002336.0A CN103262489B (en) 2012-12-28 2012-12-28 Method, device, equipment and the system of multi-carrier communication
PCT/CN2012/087910 WO2014101138A1 (en) 2012-12-28 2012-12-28 Method, apparatus, device, and system for multicarrier communication

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2012/087910 WO2014101138A1 (en) 2012-12-28 2012-12-28 Method, apparatus, device, and system for multicarrier communication

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014101138A1 true WO2014101138A1 (en) 2014-07-03

Family

ID=48964011

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2012/087910 WO2014101138A1 (en) 2012-12-28 2012-12-28 Method, apparatus, device, and system for multicarrier communication

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN103262489B (en)
WO (1) WO2014101138A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104283597B (en) * 2013-11-25 2018-03-27 北京邮电大学 A kind of beam form-endowing method and equipment
CN103763014B (en) * 2014-01-06 2017-08-01 上海交通大学 New wave beam forming implementation method based on antenna system

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003189347A (en) * 2001-10-09 2003-07-04 Lucent Technol Inc Method for switching between new base station and previous base station in wireless communications systems
CN101730313A (en) * 2008-10-10 2010-06-09 中国移动通信集团公司 Communication method, base station and communication system in multiple carrier mobile communication system
CN102197615A (en) * 2008-10-22 2011-09-21 高通股份有限公司 Scope of channel quality reporting region in a multi-carrier system

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7218955B2 (en) * 2003-08-04 2007-05-15 Nec Corporation Method for deciding tilt angle of antenna in radio communication system and apparatus for deciding the same
GB0616449D0 (en) * 2006-08-18 2006-09-27 Quintel Technology Ltd Diversity antenna system with electrical tilt
JP5247815B2 (en) * 2008-11-14 2013-07-24 シャープ株式会社 Antenna device and base station device
CN102821393B (en) * 2011-06-09 2014-11-05 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for processing inter-cell interference

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003189347A (en) * 2001-10-09 2003-07-04 Lucent Technol Inc Method for switching between new base station and previous base station in wireless communications systems
CN101730313A (en) * 2008-10-10 2010-06-09 中国移动通信集团公司 Communication method, base station and communication system in multiple carrier mobile communication system
CN102197615A (en) * 2008-10-22 2011-09-21 高通股份有限公司 Scope of channel quality reporting region in a multi-carrier system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN103262489A (en) 2013-08-21
CN103262489B (en) 2016-06-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10506606B2 (en) Method and apparatus for aligning antenna beams in high-low frequency co-site network
US20210084555A1 (en) Data transmission method, base station, and terminal equipment
WO2020000308A1 (en) Beam failure recovery using contention based random access
US20150245268A1 (en) Traffic Steering Between WLAN and Cellular Networks
WO2014206262A1 (en) Method, base station, and user equipment for preventing d2d transmission from causing uplink interference
US20160366638A1 (en) Lte network assisted power saving for access points with multiple clients
US20160316426A1 (en) Lte network assisted power saving
WO2017214767A1 (en) Method, terminal, and base station for use in data transmission
US20150016381A1 (en) Re-selection optimization for packet and circuit switched connections
WO2021003612A1 (en) Mobility management method and apparatus, and terminal
EP3447990B1 (en) Information transmission method and device
JP2022502929A (en) Data transmission control methods, network equipment and storage media
US11564134B2 (en) Beamforming information interaction method and network device
EP3479614A1 (en) Secure communications
WO2017045439A1 (en) Communication method, access point and station
WO2021226967A1 (en) Handover method and device
WO2019157756A1 (en) Signal transmission method and device
WO2014101138A1 (en) Method, apparatus, device, and system for multicarrier communication
WO2021026717A1 (en) Resource coordination method and apparatus, and terminal device
WO2019233396A1 (en) Method for interacting with terminal capability information, terminal device and network device
EP3606199B1 (en) Communication method and device
US10681702B2 (en) Communication method and device
WO2020061995A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and terminal and network device
KR20200003831A (en) Paging method and device
CN113261340B (en) Information transmission method, terminal equipment, base station and core network equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12890865

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12890865

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1